You are on page 1of 244

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities
SAF 2

page
2-9

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

SAF-1 Application of Safety and Fire


Protection Directives 3

SAF-2 Environmental, Health & Safety (EHS)


Management 15

SAF-3 Plant Buildings 29

SAF-4 Fire Protection Systems 47

SAF-5 Industrial Drainage 63

SAF-6 Plant Layout, Spacing, and Access 71

SAF-7 Wellsite Safety 83

SAF-8 Storage Tanks and Storage Vessels 97

SAF-9 Fireproofing in Plants 109

SAF-10 Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,


and Transportation Pipelines 117

SAF-11 Emergency Shut Down, Isolation,


and Depressuring 139

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 1


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
SAF-12 Electrical Safety 147

SAF-13 Work Permits 155

SAF-14 Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage,


and Use of Explosives Materials and
Pyrotechnic Articles 171

SAF-15 Private Industrial Fleet Vehicle Filling Stations 187

SAF-16 Bulk Plants and Air Fueling Support Facilities 195

SAF-17 Offshore Production Facilities 205

SAF-18 Mines and Mineral Processing Plants 217

SAF-19 Electric Power Generating Plants and


Associated Facilities 227

SAF-20 Pre-Incident Planning and Management


of Emergencies 239

SAF-21 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) 253

SAF-22 Portable Electric and Electronic Devices 265


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-1
Application of Safety and Fire
Protection Directives

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-1
Application of Safety and Fire
Protection Directives
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-1
Application of Safety and Fire
Protection Directives

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 7
1.1 Scope 7
1.2 Application 7
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 7

2 Definitions 7

3 References 7

4 General Requirements 8
4.1 Modifications 8
4.2 Authority 8
4.3 Safety and Fire Directives 9
4.4 Supersede Prior Directives 9
4.5 Requirements for Executing
Fire Protection Projects 9
4.6 Preliminary Design 11
4.7 Detail Design 11
4.8 Installation Contractor 12
4.9 Progress Reports 12
4.10 Support 12
4.11 Training 13
4.12 EHS Management 13
4.13 Maintenance of Existing Facilities 13
4.14 Outdoor Equipment
Environmental Criteria 13
RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

6 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-1

page
SAF-1 1 of 8
Application of Safety and Fire
Protection Directives

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This Directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for application of safe-
ty and fire protection directives.
1.2 Application
This Directive is applicable to all new facilities, including projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the Owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these Directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the High
Commission for Industrial Security (HCIS) to comply with the Security,
Safety, and Fire Protection requirements according to these Directives and
add to or modify the existing facilities as required. Where the General
Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in existing facilities dur-
ing a survey, comparing the current state of the facilities to the requirements
of these Directives, those identified deficiencies shall be corrected by the
Owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or internationally recognized Standards and
Codes are followed, or where any conflict exists between this Directive and
other company Standards and Codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the
General Secretariat of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of
this Directive shall be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance,
with justification and rationale for not following the requirement and
approval shall be received from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to
implementation. The documents shall be retained by the company in its per-
manent engineering files.

2. Definitions
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.

3. References
The selection of material and equipment, and the design, construction, mainte-
nance, operation and repair of equipment and facilities covered by each directive
shall meet the requirements of the latest edition of the references listed by each

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 7


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-1 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 8 SAF-1
Application of Safety and Fire
Protection Directives

directive. The directives are as follows:


SAF-1 Application of Safety and Fire Protection Directives
SAF-2 Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Management
SAF-3 Plant Buildings
SAF-4 Fire Protection Systems
SAF-5 Industrial Drainage
SAF-6 Plant Layout, Spacing, and Access
SAF-7 Wellsite Safety
SAF-8 Storage Tanks and Storage Vessels
SAF-9 Fireproofing in Plants
SAF-10 Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels, and Transportation Pipelines
SAF-11 Emergency Shutdown, Isolation, and De-pressuring
SAF-12 Electrical Safety
SAF-13 Work Permits
SAF-14 Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of Explosive
Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles
SAF-15 Private Industrial Fleet Vehicle Filling Stations
SAF-16 Bulk Plants and Air Fueling Support Facilities
SAF-17 Offshore Production Facilities
SAF-18 Mines and Mineral Processing Plants
SAF-19 Electric Power Generating Plants and Associated Facilities
SAF-20 Pre-Incident Planning and Management of Emergencies
SAF-21 Personal Protective Equipment
SAF-22 Portable Electric and Electronic Devices

4. General Requirements
4.1 Modifications
The High Commission for Industrial Security (HCIS) reserves the right to
modify and/or make changes, as deemed necessary, to the Safety and Fire
Protection Directives without prior notice.
4.2 Authority
The national security of Saudi Arabia, including the security of the econo-
my and the well being of its population, depends directly on physical and
operational safety of all types of industrial facilities across Saudi Arabia.
Therefore, the HCIS shall have the ultimate authority on administrating
these requirements.

8 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-1

page
SAF-1 3 of 8
Application of Safety and Fire
Protection Directives

4.3 Safety and Fire Directives


It is obligatory for the Owners of all companies and establishments to
become familiar and knowledgeable about these Safety and Fire Protection
Directives. Some Directives are general in nature and apply to all establish-
ments, e.g. SAF-2, Environmental, Health & Safety (EHS) Management;
SAF-4, Fire Protection Systems; SAF-12, Electrical Safety; and SAF-20,
Pre-Incident Planning and Management of Emergencies. Others apply to
more industrial settings but are still applied generally, e.g. SAF-13, Work
Permits; and SAF-21, Personal Protective Equipment. Many of the
Directives apply to specific types of facilities as described in the scope of
each individual Directive. The detailed requirements of safety and fire pro-
tection for each facility are described in each individual Safety and Fire
Protection Directives.
4.4 Supersede Prior Directives
These directives supersede all Safety and Security Directives previously
issued by the HCIS.
4.5 Requirements for Executing Fire Protection Projects
4.5.1 Designers, contractors and systems for safety and fire protection related
projects at facilities classified under the Safety and Fire Protection
Directives shall be approved by the HCIS.
4.5.2 The Owner shall be responsible for providing HCIS with required docu-
mentation at least three (3) months before starting the safety and fire pro-
tection related project. This will allow a complete evaluation by the HCIS
of the project and the proposed contractors.
4.5.3 Contractors and suppliers shall be certified by the Ministry of Interior (Civil
Defense) and Ministry of Commerce and Industry.
a) The Commercial Registration (CR) certificate issued by the Ministry of
Commerce and Industry shall clearly specify that the contractor is
authorized to conduct safety and fire protection related work.
b) The contractor shall be licensed by the competent authority at the
Ministry of Interior (the General Directorate of Civil Defense). The cer-
tification shall clearly indicate that the contractor is authorized to
engage in safety and fire protection related design and/or installation
work. It shall specify the nature and type of authorized activity as
included in the commercial registration certificate issued by the
Ministry of Commerce and Industry.
4.5.4 The Owner shall submit qualification documents to the HCIS for approval
of all contractors that are being considered for providing design and instal-
lation of safety and fire protection related projects. The qualification docu-
ments shall include a list of previous projects of a similar nature that have
been executed by the contractor. The list must show the type of work, size
of project, dates and user of the executed project. Contract award for the

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 9


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-1 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 8 SAF-1
Application of Safety and Fire
Protection Directives

design or installation shall not proceed until such approvals are received
from the HCIS.
4.5.5 The Owner shall ensure that the company selected for safety and fire pro-
tection related work shall have adequate engineering capabilities and quali-
fied manpower to design, install, test and maintain the safety and fire pro-
tection systems and execute all other work requirements competently. Fire
protection and detection systems shall be designed and installed by profes-
sional engineering and design personnel who are qualified, experienced,
and specialized in fire protection and detection system design, e.g. under
supervision of a registered professional engineer who is licensed to do
design in the specialty of fire protection engineering and who has at least
fire years of experience in the design of fire detection and fire extinguish-
ing systems.
4.5.6 Owners who use contractors to perform work in and around process areas
that involve hazardous chemicals or hydrocarbons shall establish a contrac-
tor qualification process to meet Section 4.3 of SAF-2, Environmental,
Health & Safety (EHS) Management.
4.5.7 The HCIS reserves the exclusive right to approve or reject any candidate
design agency performing the work. The Owner shall ensure that all com-
panies participating in the work are approved by HCIS prior to work initia-
tion.
4.5.8 The Owner shall ensure that the company selected for safety and fire pro-
tection related work shall have prior technical experience inside or outside
the Kingdom in similar work that matches the scope of the current work.
4.5.9 Contractors receiving bid documents or working on a safety and fire pro-
tection system designs, installation or support shall sign Non-Disclosure
Agreements (NDA) specifying that the contractor shall maintain all work
related documents in confidence and not disclose them to any third party
without prior written approval of the Owner.
4.5.10 Contractors performing safety and fire protection related work shall for-
mally certify, in writing, that they shall provide, for the life of the system,
after-sales services, support and spare parts for all devices and systems
installed.
4.5.11 The Owner shall provide the HCIS with a detailed list of major equipment
or systems, their supplier, the original vendor catalogs showing the specifi-
cations of the proposed equipment or systems and their local agent. The list
shall include component model numbers, descriptions, manufacturer and
local agent.
4.5.12.The HCIS shall have the right to reject any equipment, system, or suppliers.
In case any equipment, system, or supplier is rejected by HCIS, the Owner
shall replace it with one that is approved or submit additional details for jus-
tification of approval.

10 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-1

page
SAF-1 5 of 8
Application of Safety and Fire
Protection Directives

4.5.13.The Owner shall ensure that any new directions by government thru rules
and regulations instituted for implementation after project contract signing
are considered to be included as part of the project.
4.5.14 There shall be no outstanding court claims, objections, or reservations
against the contractor executing the work.
4.5.15 The Owner shall not permit any start on safety and fire protection related
work until HCIS approval for the design, contractor, major fire protection
equipment and systems is received.
4.5.16 All submissions to the HCIS shall be in writing.
4.6 Preliminary Design
4.6.1 The Owner shall prepare a preliminary design package that details the scope
of work, main and auxiliary elements of safety and fire protection related
work and site specific requirements.
4.6.2 The preliminary design package shall include the following at a minimum:
a) Site plan view drawings showing the layout of the safety and fire pro-
tection related devices and systems relative to the protected facilities.
b) Areas covered by the fire protection / detection system.
c) Specifications for fire protection / detection equipment at each site.
d) Location and installation details of end devices.
4.6.3 The data listed in section 4.7.1 & 4.7.2 shall be submitted to the HCIS for
review and approval prior to commencing detail design, bidding and con-
tract award for design and installation.
4.7 Detail Design
4.7.1 The Owner shall prepare a detail design package that provides detailed tech-
nical specifications, engineering design and list of bidders for the all ele-
ments of design. This package shall contain complete details.
4.7.2 During construction, the Owner shall ensure that ongoing construction sites
shall be surrounded by a Category 4 fence and adequate separation main-
tained from existing facilities. The Owner shall coordinate with the HCIS
on a case-by-case basis.
4.7.3 A copy of the detail design package shall be provided to the HCIS for
approval at least three (3) months prior to awarding the bid, ordering mate-
rials or initiating any work specified under the detail design package. This
data shall include the items listed below. The Owner shall be responsible for
any delay that may occur due to non-compliance with the time requirements
mentioned above or failing to demonstrate compliance with the require-
ments in the HCIS directives related to the project work. The Owner is
required to meet the HCIS time requirements for approvals and ensure full
compliance with the safety and fire protection directives.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 11


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-1 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 8

4.7.4 The details design package shall include a list of contractors on the bidders
list. The certification of the contractors, as specified under section 4.6 of this
Directive, shall be supplied as part of this package.
4.7.5 A list showing non-compliance, with justification and reasons, for each
applicable aspect of the HCIS safety and fire protection directives and pro-
ject specifications shall be provided as part of this package.
4.7.6 A list of major equipment, systems, their suppliers and their local agent shall
be provided to the HCIS.
4.7.7 The proposed work execution schedule shall be provided as part of this
package.
4.7.8 Copies of original manufacturer catalogs and device specifications shall be
provided as part of this package.
4.7.9 The technologies, devices and systems to be supplied for the project shall
be obtained from credible and reputable sources and manufacturers. The full
identities of all sources and manufacturers shall be accurately disclosed in
the documentation sent to HCIS. All information sent to HCIS must be cur-
rent.
4.8. Installation Contractor
The installation contractor shall be certified as specified in section 4.6 of
this directive.
4.9 Progress Reports
The Owner shall provide the HCIS with progress reports every six (6)
months on the progress of safety and fire protection related projects.
4.10 Support
The Owner shall ensure that all safety and fire protection related installa-
tions are supported with a complete maintenance and support infrastructure.
4.10.1 The system contractor shall provide all details and tools required for system
maintenance. This shall include maintenance manuals, software diagnostics,
special tools, calibration equipment and procedures.
4.10.2 The maintenance manuals shall contain recommended maintenance inter-
vals, procedures, and recommended spare parts lists.
4.10.3 The Owner shall be responsible for implementing a preventive maintenance
strategy to meet recommended maintenance requirements for all equipment.
4.10.4 All emergency backup generators shall be started-up weekly and maintained
as specified in Security Directive SEC-07.
4.10.5 The Owner shall maintain documentation for all safety and fire protection
equipment installed. This documentation shall include full contact details of
component manufacturers, part numbers, recommended spare parts and

12 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-1

page
7 of 8

maintenance manuals needed for each installation.


4.10.6 The Owner shall maintain a full set of as-built drawings for all projects. The
drawings shall be maintained as soft copy in an easily accessible format.
The Owner shall maintain an index of all drawings pertaining to all safety
and fire protection related systems.

4.11 Training
4.11.1 The Owner shall ensure that training is provided to operations and mainte-
nance personnel in the operation and support of all safety and fire protec-
tion related systems and devices.
4.11.2 Training shall be provided for new safety and fire protection systems
installed in an existing facility prior to system or device deployment.
4.11.3 The Owner shall maintain logs of all training activities. The logs shall list
all training provided to personnel and include personnel name, date and type
of training provided.
4.11.4 Personnel assigned to new locations with safety and fire protection installa-
tions shall undergo a short training period prior to assuming their new
duties.
4.12 EHS Management
The Owner shall develop environmental, health, and safety (EHS) policies,
procedures and practices that meet the requirements of SAF-2,
Environmental, Health & Safety (EHS) Management. The Owner shall doc-
ument and communicate specific safety, health, and environmental goals
and objectives in writing to the companyís personnel, with clear account-
ability for implementation of those goals and objectives.
4.13 Maintenance of Existing Facilities
4.13.1 The Owner shall maintain all fire detection and fire protections systems in
working order and shall otherwise ensure that all fire protection installations
are kept in working order with a complete preventive maintenance program.
A full set of as-built drawings for all fire protection and fire detection sys-
tems shall be maintained including full details of component manufacturers,
part numbers, recommended spare parts and maintenance manuals.
4.13.2 The Owner shall make certain that the contractor has the appropriate job
skills, knowledge, and certifications to do the work safely. Contractors that
perform maintenance or repair, turnaround, or major renovation shall have
adequate engineering capabilities and qualified manpower to design, install,
test and maintain the equipment and systems they work on and execute all
other work requirements competently.

4.14 Outdoor Equipment Environmental Criteria


4.14.1 Equipment to be installed outdoor shall be designed to operate without air

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 13


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-1 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
8 of 8

conditioning or forced air ventilation system and, at a minimum, under the


conditions of environment detailed below. The equipment shall meet the
specified performance when subjected to the full range of these conditions.
4.14.2 Ambient Temperature Range: -10 degrees C to +65 degrees C (excluding
temperature rise in cabinet)
4.14.3 Ambient Relative Humidity Range: 5% to 100%, non-condensing
4.14.4 The normal airborne dust concentration shall be considered as 1 milligram
per milliliter. During sandstorm conditions, dust concentrations reaching
500 milligram per milliliter are encountered and winds may gust to 112
kilometers per hour. 95 percent of all dust particles are less than 20 microm-
eters and 50 percent of all particles are less than 1.5 micrometers in size.
Compounds present in the dust include those of sodium, calcium, silicon,
magnesium and aluminum. When exposed to wet conditions (100 percent
humidity), these compounds function as electrolytes and can result in severe
corrosion of other materials.
4.14.5 Other pollutants present (ppm vol. /vol. in atmosphere, worst case) are:
H2S 20 ppm (vol/vol)
CO 100 ppm (vol/vol)
NOx 5 ppm (vol/vol)
SO2 10 ppm (vol/vol)
O3 1 ppm (vol/vol)
Hydrocarbons 150 ppm (vol/vol)

14 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-2
Environmental, Health & Safety (EHS)
Management

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-2
Environmental, Health & Safety (EHS)
Management
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-2
Environmental, Health & Safety
(EHS) Management

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 19
1.1 Scope 19
1.2 Application 19
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 19

2 Definitions 19

3 References 20

4 General Requirements 21
4.1. EHS Management System 21
4.2 Record Keeping 23
4.3 Process Safety Management 23

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

18 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-2

page
SAF-2 1 of 9
Environmental, Health & Safety
(EHS) Management

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for an environmental,
health, and safety (EHS) management system that applies a quality systems
approach to managing EHS activities. Section 4.3 provides the minimum
requirements for process safety management (PSM) where hydrocarbons
and hazardous chemicals are being handled, transferred, or stored.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the General Secretariat of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the require-
ments of this directive shall be listed and submitted in a report of non-com-
pliance, with justification and rationale for not following the requirement,
and approval shall be received from the General Secretariat of the General
Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The documents shall be
retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
ANSI: American National Standard Institute, Website: http://www.ansi.org/
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
Element: A key component of a safe, healthy, and environmentally-sound opera-
tion.
Goal: General directions or results sought through application of an organization’s
strategies, objectives, and systems.
EHS Management System: An environmental, health, and safety (EHS) manage-
ment system consists of a collection of processes and procedures used to govern

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 19


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-2
SAF 2 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
22-9
of 9 SAF-2
Environmental, Health & Safety
(EHS) Management

EHS activities and the establishment of appropriate behaviors by employees. The


objective is to protect the health of employees and the public, prevent catastrophic
product releases from plant facilities, and to minimize business interruptions and
losses.
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
Objective: A desired endpoint that helps to achieve compliance with the organiza-
tion’s policies, or otherwise improves performance.
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
OSHA: U.S. Department Of Labor, Occupational Safety And Health Administ-
ration (OSHA), Title 29, Code of Federal Regulation (CFR) Part 1910, Website:
http://www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr/cfr-table-search.html
Plant: Facilities used to manufacture, process, store, transport or transfer a mater-
ial or substance.
Policy: A statement by the organization of its intentions and principles in relation
to its overall EHS performance, which provides a framework for action and for set-
ting EHS objectives and targets.
Procedure: A series of steps to be carried out in logical order for a given situation.
Process: A series of actions, changes, or functions by a group of people that bring
about a desired result.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
Targets: Milestones that must be achieved or actions completed within a specified
time to meet an objective.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
ANSI Z400.1 Hazardous Industrial Chemicals - Material Safety Data Sheets
- Preparation
API RP 75 Development of a Safety and Environmental Management
Program for Offshore Operations and Facilities
API STD 2220 Contractor Safety Performance Process
API RP 9000 Management Practices, Self-Assessment Process, and
Resource Materials
API PUB 9100A Model “Environmental, Health & Safety (EHS) Management”
System
API PUB 9100B Guidance Document for Model EHS Management System
OSHA 1910.119 Process Safety Management Of Highly Hazardous Chemicals

20 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-2

page
SAF-2 3 of 9
Environmental, Health & Safety
(EHS) Management

4. General Requirements
4.1 EHS Management System
A system for environmental, health, and safety (EHS) management that is
aligned with the principles of API 9000, API 9100A, API 9100B, API 75,
29 OSHA 1910 or other applicable internationally recognized best practices,
shall be in place. The system may be organized differently as long as the
purpose and all the objectives of a comprehensive EHS management system
are fulfilled.
4.1.1 Policy and Planning
a) Management Leadership, Responsibilities and Accountability
Develop EHS policies, allocate adequate resources, and set clear goals,
objectives, and targets for establishing and maintaining EHS procedures
and practices. Include a commitment to comply with applicable laws
and regulations. Managers shall document and communicate specific
safety, health, and environmental goals and objectives to their company
personnel, with clear accountability for implementation of the goals and
objectives.
b) Risk Assessment and Management
Establish, maintain, and document a system to identify hazards, assess
the consequences, and manage risks to the company, to company and
contractor personnel, facilities, customers, the public, and the environ-
ment.
c) Compliance and Other Requirements
Ensure that all EHS requirements are known and compliance is reflect-
ed in relevant procedures and programs. An internal process shall be in
place to enforce EHS requirements.
d) EHS Management Planning and Programs
A planning process shall be in place to establish and maintain docu-
mented EHS objectives and targets, including time frames for achieving
those objectives and targets.
4.1.2 Implementation and Operations
a) Personnel Training and Contractor Services
All personnel, including direct employees and contractors, shall be
given the appropriate training needed to understand their responsibili-
ties as they relate to EHS. A system shall be in place for selection, place-
ment, training, and ongoing assessment of the competencies of employ-
ees and contractors based on EHS job qualification criteria. Personal
protective equipment (PPE) requirements shall be identified and com-
municated to employees and contractors.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 21


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-2 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 9 SAF-2
Environmental, Health & Safety
(EHS) Management

b) Documentation and Communications


Drawings and other pertinent documentation such as operating proce-
dures, pertinent maintenance, and onstream inspection records are
required for sound operation and maintenance of facilities. These docu-
ments shall be identified, accessible, and kept up-to-date. Procedures
shall be in place to encourage free and open communications on EHS
matters.
c) Facilities Design and Construction
The owner shall provide plant facilities that are designed, constructed,
operated, inspected, and maintained using the principles of EHS man-
agement. Project management systems and procedures shall be docu-
mented, well understood, and executed by qualified personnel. Quality
control and inspection systems shall be in place to verify that facilities
meet design specifications and that construction is in accordance with
internationally accepted applicable standards and the HCIS directives.
d) Operations, Maintenance and Management of Change
Develop and implement operating, maintenance, and inspection proce-
dures. Operations with potentially higher risk shall be identified and
addressed with special procedures (e.g., work permit systems are in
place, documented, and enforced). A system shall be in place for man-
aging both temporary and permanent operational and facility changes.
e) Community Awareness and Emergency Response
A system shall be in place, appropriate to the size and nature of the oper-
ation, to recognize, document, and respond to community, company,
and governmental expectations and concerns about operations impact
on public safety and health. Comprehensive emergency response and
crisis management plans shall be in place.
4.1.3 Measurement and Checking
a) EHS Performance Monitoring and Measurement
Periodically monitor the key characteristics of facility and company
operations and activities that impact EHS performance with the goals,
objectives, and targets set out in 4.1.1. Performance shall be provided to
management responsible for the facility.
b) Incident Investigation, Reporting and Analysis
A system shall be in place for reporting, investigating, and documenting
safety, health, environmental and regulatory compliance incidents and
significant near misses. Investigation of all incidents shall be conducted
to identify causes and contributing factors. Findings shall be analyzed
and preventive actions taken. Communicate lessons learned.
c) EHS Management System Audit
Include a self-audit for the adequacy and enforcement of EHS rules
and procedures. Findings and recommended resolutions shall be

22 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-2

page
SAF-2 5 of 9
Environmental, Health & Safety
(EHS) Management

documented and communicated to the facility management. Corrections


that are affected as a result of the recommendations shall be tracked by
the owner company. All records shall be retained and made available for
audit to the HCIS (see 4.2).
4.1.4 Management Review and Continual Improvement
Management shall regularly review and evaluate the effectiveness of the
EHS management system. Findings shall be documented and used to make
improvements.

4.2 Record Keeping


4.2.1 Records for EHS related management reviews and audits for adequacy and
enforcement of EHS rules and procedures shall be retained for at least 10
years. Review reports including findings and resolutions shall be made
available to the HCIS upon request.
4.2.2 Records for incident investigation, reporting, and analysis shall be retained
for the life of the company and shall be made available to the HCIS upon
request.

4.3 Process Safety Management (PSM)


4.3.1 In petroleum and petrochemical industrial facilities and where hazardous
chemicals are being handled, transferred, or stored, a process safety man-
agement program shall be in place for preventing or minimizing the conse-
quences of catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive, flammable, or explosive
materials that may result in toxic, fire or explosion hazards. Follow U.S.
OSHA Title 29, CFR 1910.119, Appendix D or similar best practices that
describe the essential elements of a PSM program. The elements of the
OSHA PSM program are described below.
4.3.2 Employee Involvement in Process Safety Management
Owners shall consult with and involve their employees regarding the devel-
opment and implementation of the process safety management program and
related hazard assessments. Owners shall also train and educate their
employees and inform affected employees of the lessons learned from inci-
dent investigations required by the process safety management program.
4.3.3 Process Safety Information for Employees
a) The owner should have process safety information system for employ-
ees and contractors working in their establishment. The compilation of
written process safety information is to enable the employer and the
employees involved in operating any process to identify and understand
the hazards posed by those processes involving hazardous chemicals.
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) that meet ANSI Z400.1 should be
used to help comply with this. Process safety information should consist
of at least the following:

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 23


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-2 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 9 SAF-2
Environmental, Health & Safety
(EHS) Management

• Toxicity information
• Permissible exposure limits
• Physical data
• Reactivity data
• Corrosivity data
• Thermal and chemical stability data
• Hazardous effects of inadvertent mixing of different materials
b) Information concerning the technology of the process typically includes
the following at a minimum:
• A block flow diagram or simplified process flow diagram
• Process chemistry
• Maximum intended inventory
• Safe upper and lower limits for such items as temperatures, pressures,
flows or compositions
• An evaluation of the consequences of deviations, including those affecting
the safety and health of employees
c) Information pertaining to the equipment in the process normally
includes the following:
• Materials of construction
• Piping and instrument diagrams (P&ID's)
• Electrical classification
• Relief system design and design basis
• Ventilation system design
• Design codes and standards employed
• Material and energy balances for processes
• Safety systems (e.g. interlocks, detection or suppression systems)
d) The owner should document that equipment complies with recognized
and generally accepted good engineering practices. For existing equip-
ment designed and constructed in accordance with codes, standards, or
practices that are no longer in general use, the employer should deter-
mine and document that the equipment is designed, maintained, inspect-
ed, tested, and operating in a safe manner.
4.3.4 Process Hazard Analysis (PHA)
A process safety analysis (PHA) is an organized and systematic effort to
identify and analyze the significance of potential hazards associated with
the processing or handling of highly hazardous chemicals. This analysis
assists in determining the hazards or potential failure points or failure modes
in a process. The findings are used to design and install safety protection
systems and determine what actions are needed for improving safety in
order to prevent these failures. This information is intended to supplement
the EHS system requirements above.
4.3.5 Operating Procedures
Operating procedures should address all types of operation of equipment
such as operating limits and steps required to correct an operational

24 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-2

page
SAF-2 7 of 9
Environmental, Health & Safety
(EHS) Management

deviation from these limits, initial start-up, normal operations, temporary


operations, emergency operations, emergency shutdown, and start-up after
maintenance turnaround. Operating procedures should be readily under-
standable and accessible to employees and contractors. Operating proce-
dures should be reviewed and updated whenever there is an equipment mod-
ification or process change and, even if there are no changes, should be
reviewed and confirmed annually.
4.3.6 Training of Employees
Employees, including maintenance and contractor employees, need to fully
understand the safety and health hazards of the chemicals and the process
they work with for the protection for themselves, other employees, and
nearby communities. Each employee, before being involved in operating a
newly assigned process, should be trained in an overview of the process and
in the operating procedures. The training should include emphasis on the
specific safety and health hazards, emergency operations including shut-
down, and safe work practices applicable to the employee's job tasks.
4.3.7 Qualification of Contractors
Owners who use contractors to perform work in and around process areas
that involve hazardous chemicals or hydrocarbons should establish a quali-
fication process to meet API 2220. The owner should make certain that the
contractor has the appropriate job skills, knowledge, and certifications to do
the work safely. Contractors that perform maintenance or repair, turnaround,
major renovation, or for safety and fire protection related work shall have
adequate engineering capabilities and qualified manpower to design, install,
test and maintain the equipment and systems they work on and execute all
other work requirements competently. Fire protection and detection systems
shall be designed and installed by professional engineering and design per-
sonnel who are qualified, experienced, and specialized in fire protection and
detection system design. In addition, the following requirements shall be
followed.
a) The owner shall obtain and evaluate information regarding the contrac-
tors safety performance and programs.
b) The owner shall inform contractors of the known potential for fire,
explosion, or toxic release hazards they may encounter while working.
c) The owner shall explain the applicable actions needed for emergency
evacuation from the area where the contractor will be working.
d) The contractor shall assure that each contract employee is trained in the
work practices necessary to safety perform his job, shall instruct each
employee on the known potential fire, explosion, or toxic hazards relat-
ed to his job, and shall assure that the employee follows the safety rules
of the facility he is working in.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 25


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-2 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
8 of 9 SAF-2
Environmental, Health & Safety
(EHS) Management

e) In addition, the contractor shall advise the facility owner of any special
job related hazards, such as radiation hazards from the x-ray of pipe
welds, presented by the contractor’s work.
4.3.8 Pre-startup Safety Review
The owner shall perform a pre-startup safety review for new facilities or for
modified facilities when an upgrade or modification is significant. The safe-
ty review shall confirm, prior to introduction of hazardous chemicals or
hydrocarbons to the process, the following:
a) Construction and equipment is in accordance with design specifications.
b) Adequate safety operating, maintenance and emergency procedures are
in place.
c) For new facilities, a process hazard analysis has been performed and
recommendations have been resolved or implemented before startup.
d) That the modified facilities meet the requirements of Management of
Change (see 4.3.11).
e) Training of the employees who are operating the process is adequate and
has been completed.
4.3.9 Mechanical Integrity
Elements of a mechanical integrity program include the training of mainte-
nance and inspection personnel, frequent equipment inspections and tests, a
record keeping system where documentation of inspection and test results is
kept, establishment of criteria for acceptable test results, identification and
categorization of equipment and instrumentation scheduled for repair based
on this information, and a program of preventive maintenance where
“breakdown” maintenance is undesirable or unsafe.
4.3.10 Work Permit Processes
The owner should have a work authorization system or permit system in
place for monitoring potentially hazardous tasks such as non-routine repair
activities, repairs involving welding, cutting, and other hot work, or main-
tenance requiring confined space entry. Certain work activities shall be con-
trolled by a work permit process that meets HCIS Directive SAF-13, Work
Permits, in order to prevent injury, loss of life, or loss of property from fire
or explosion as a result of the work.
4.3.11 Management of Change
For existing processes and equipment, the owner should assure that any
changes to equipment or process (other than “replacement in kind”) follows
a management of change procedure. Related drawings, operating proce-
dures, and maintenance instructions should to be updated whenever a
change is made to equipment or process. owners should also establish a
means to detect and control temporary changes in order to apply appropri-
ate safety controls where needed to avoid incidents.

26 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-2

page
SAF-2 9 of 9
Environmental, Health & Safety
(EHS) Management

4.3.12 Incident Investigation


The owner shall establish a system to promptly investigate and document
each incident which resulted in or could reasonable have resulted in a
release of chemical or hydrocarbon in the workplace, fire, explosion, or
other incident that resulted or could have resulted in significant property
damage, or harm to employees, contractors, or the public. The lessons
learned by the investigation shall be reviewed with all affected personnel,
including contractors, whose job related tasks are relevant to the incident
findings.
4.3.13 Emergency Planning and Response
The owner shall establish and implement an emergency response plan with
the provisions found in SAF-20, Pre-Incident Planning and Management of
Emergencies.
4.3.14 Compliance Audits
Owners shall select a individual or assemble a trained team of people to
audit the process safety management system. Owners shall certify that they
have evaluated compliance with the provisions of the PSM system at least
every three years. The findings of the audit shall be documented in a writ-
ten report that is available for audit by the HCIS upon request. The employ-
er shall promptly determine and document an appropriate response for the
findings of the compliance audit. The audit reports shall be retained by the
owner for at least ten years.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 27


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-3
Plant Buildings

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-3
Plant Buildings
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-3
Plant Buildings

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 33
1.1 Scope 33
1.2 Application 33
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 33

2 Definitions 33

3 References 34

4 General Requirements 36

5 Control Buildings and Buildings


Requiring Blast-resistance 41

6 Other Requirements for Buildings


in Plants 43

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

32 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-3

page
1 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for all plant buildings,
including but not limited to buildings that contain control rooms, process
instrumentation buildings, communications buildings, electrical substa-
tions, operations and maintenance office buildings, maintenance shops,
storages buildings, and mosques.

1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the secretariat of the General
Secretariat of the HCIS to comply with the security, safety, and fire protec-
tion requirements according to these directives and add to or modify the
existing facilities as required. Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS
has assessed deficiencies in existing facilities during a survey, comparing
the current state of the facilities to the requirements of these directives,
those identified deficiencies shall be corrected by the owner.

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations


Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
ASCE: American Society of Civil Engineers, Website: http://www.asce.org/
ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning
Engineers, Website: http://www.ashrae.org/
Fire-Scenario Envelope: A three-dimensional space into which fire-potential
equipment can release flammable or combustible fluids capable of burning long
enough and with enough intensity to cause substantial property damage (see API
PUB 2218).
FM: FM Global (Factory Mutual), Website: http://www.fmglobal.com/

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 33


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-3 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

Functionally Significant Building: Building that is required for the continued


operation and safe shut-down of the plant, such as control room, process interface
building, and substations.
Hazardous (Classified) Area: Locations as defined by API RP 500, API 505,
NFPA 70, NFPA 497, or NFPA 499 which have the potential of ignitable mixtures
with respect to electrical equipment installations.
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
High-Population Building: Any building, such as offices, mosque, cafeteria,
training building, medical clinic, or other occupancy that can contain 25 or more
people at any time.
HVAC: Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning.
ICC: International Code Council (ICC) Website: http://www.iccsafe.org/
Listed: A device that is tested and certified by an independent testing lab to be suit-
able for its purpose.
Manned Building: Buildings such as control rooms, operations and maintenance
office buildings, and maintenance shops where people are expected to be present
to do their jobs on a regular basis.
Noncombustible: Material that will not burn or support burning such as concrete
or steel.
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Plant: Facilities used to manufacture, process, store, transport, or transfer a mate-
rial or substance.
Plant Buildings: All buildings that are within the plant property boundary.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
UL: Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Website: http://www.ul.com/
Unmanned Building: Buildings which are unattended by people under normal
circumstances, such as substations and process interface buildings.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
API RP 500 Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petro-
leum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1, and Division 2
API RP 505 Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petro-
leum Facilities Classified as Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1, and Zone 2
API RP 752 Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process
Plant Buildings
API RP 753 Management of Hazards Associated with Location of Process
Plant Portable Buildings
ASCE Report Design of Blast Resistant Buildings in Petrochemical Facilities
ASHRAE 15 Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems

34 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-3

page
3 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

ASHRAE 52.1 Gravimetric and Dust-Spot Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning


Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate
Matter
ASHRAE 52.2 Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for
Removal Efficiency by Particle Size
ASHRAE 55 Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy
ASHRAE 62.1 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality
ASHRAE 62.2 Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality in Low-Rise Resi-
dential Buildings
ASHRAE 111 Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of
Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and Refrigera-
tion Systems
FM FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheets
ICC EC International Electrical Code
ICC IBC International Building Code
ICC IEBC International Existing Building Code
ICC IECC International Energy Conservation Code
ICC IFC International Fire Code
ICC IMC International Mechanical Code
ICC IPC International Plumbing Code
ICC IPSDC International Private Sewage Disposal Code
ICC IRC International Residential Code
NFPA 1 Uniform Fire Code
NFPA 10 Portable Fire Extinguishers
NFPA 13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems
NFPA 45 Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code
NFPA 75 Protection of Information Technology Equipment
NFPA 76 Telecommunications Facilities
NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives
NFPA 90A Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems
NFPA 101 Life Safety Code
NFPA 221 High Challenge Fire Walls, Fire Walls, and Fire Barrier Walls
NFPA 251 Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials
NFPA 255 Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
NFPA 497 Classification of Flammable Liquids, Gases, or Vapors and of
Hazardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical Installations in
Chemical Process Areas
NFPA 499 Classification of Combustible Dusts and of Hazardous (Class-
ified) Locations for Electrical Installations in Chemical Process
Areas

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 35


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-3 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

NFPA 2001 Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems


NFPA 5000 Building Construction and Safety Code

4. General Requirements
4.1 Building Location
4.1.1 Plant buildings, whether permanent or portable, shall be located in areas that
will minimize exposure to potential external fire, vapor cloud explosion
(VCE), or toxic gas hazard. Plant buildings shall include risk-reduction
design measures to minimize the remaining unacceptable consequences,
whether to people or critical equipment. Follow API RP 752 for location of
permanent buildings and API RP 753 for locating portable buildings. Refer
to Section 5 of this directive for more details.
4.1.2 At a minimum, the distance between buildings and nearest equipment or
structure shall not be less that the spacing requirements in directive SAF-6,
Plant Layout, Spacing and Access. However, SAF-6 does not provide spac-
ing that would protect against explosions, jet fires, flare hazards, or toxic
gas hazards. It is the owner's responsibility to assess the spacing of equip-
ment and buildings due to these hazards by following API RP 752.
4.1.3 Construction camps, apartment buildings and other residential buildings
shall be located outside and a safe distance away from process plants and
other facilities.
4.1.4 Buildings Housing Sensitive or Vital Equipment
Buildings that are in an unsecured location, i.e. outside the plant perimeter
security fence and that are housing sensitive or vital equipment shall meet
Security Directive SEC-5, Integrated Security System.

4.2 Fire Resistant Construction


4.2.1 Plant buildings shall be constructed of noncombustible materials, such as
concrete, masonry, and steel.
4.2.2 All interior finishing materials and furniture shall be made of noncom-
bustible material; however, if noncombustible finishing materials are not
available, then the alternative materials used shall be of a limited fire-spread
index rating of 25 or less according to NFPA 255.
4.2.3 Rooms in functionally significant buildings that serve an important function
for plant operation, such as computer rooms, data transmission rooms, pro-
cessing rooms, store rooms, control rooms, communication rooms, battery
rooms, and mechanical rooms, shall be subdivided by two-hour fire rated
walls from rooms that serve different functions, such as offices.
4.2.4 Doors and windows that penetrate fire walls or on the exterior of a building
shall be fire rated and shall be labeled with its rating of fire resistance. The
doors and windows shall identify the agency that certified the design. Fire

36 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-3

page
5 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

rated doors and windows shall meet NFPA 80.


a) Fire protection rating of a fire door presumes that the door is installed
with the appropriate frame, hardware, and other accessories required by
NFPA 80.
b) Fire rated doors shall be self-closing or automatic closing, i.e. an elec-
tro-magnetic device may be used to hold interior fire doors open pro-
vided that they are installed on a self-closing door and allow the door to
close in case of fire alarm activation.
c) Fire rated windows shall either be of a fixed type or be automatic clos-
ing.
d) Doors designated as security doors to buildings housing sensitive or
vital equipment or to perimeter fences or other control of access areas
shall be constructed to meet the appropriate security directive. However,
all doors shall also meet the following safety requirements:
1) The number of doors shall meet the safety requirements of NFPA
101.
2) Doors designated as emergency exits shall meet the specifications of
NFPA 101 for safe egress. Security measures shall not prevent safe
egress from occupied buildings.
4.2.5 A HVAC duct penetrating a two-hour fire resistant wall required in 4.2.3
shall be provided with a fire rated automatic smoke and fire damper to stop
smoke and fire from spreading throughout the building. The rating of the
automatic damper for the air duct shall be consistent with the fire rating of
the wall, floor, or ceiling that is penetrated.
4.2.6 Roofing systems shall be fire-resistive, meeting at least Underwriters
Laboratories (UL) class A or B or Factory Mutual (FM) class 1 or 2 rating.
4.2.7 Where instrument or electrical cables penetrate fire walls and partitions, the
wall openings shall be sealed with system that is designed to prevent pas-
sage of water, fire and smoke. All through-penetration protection systems
shall be tested and rated as specified in NFPA 221.
4.2.8 Management of hazards to reduce risk of plant portable buildings due to
explosion, fire, and toxic release hazards shall meet API RP 753. Specific
portable building siting guidelines and procedures for managing change
shall be developed for use and location of portable buildings.
4.3 Access and Egress
4.3.1 Building design shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 101 including
minimum size and number of fire exits, emergency lights, and exit signs.
4.3.2 Exits shall be clearly marked so that they are identifiable as exits. Access to
exits shall be marked by readily visible signs where the exit or a pathway to
reach the exit is not readily apparent to the occupants.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 37


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-3 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

4.3.3 There shall be at least two (2) means of egress from any building, room, or
space except as specifically allowed in NFPA 101. Travel distance to any
means of egress shall not exceed the specified distance required by NFPA
101 for each type of occupancy.
4.3.4 Illumination of the means of egress (floors and stairs) shall be not less than
108 lux (10 foot-candles), measured at the walking surfaces.
4.3.5 During a power outage, emergency egress illumination shall be provided for
at least 1-1/2 hours where illumination shall be on average no less than 10.8
lux (1.0 foot-candle), permitted to decline to not less than 6.5 lux (0.06 foot-
candles). Emergency lighting systems shall be supplied from storage batter-
ies or an on-site generator set and the system shall be installed in accordance
with the requirements of NFPA 70.
Exception: Normal and emergency egress illumination is not required
where the purpose of the industrial occupancy does not require routine
human habitation or where the structure is occupied only during daylight
hours and skylights or windows provide the required level of illumination.
4.3.6 Building exits shall face away from equipment handling hazardous materi-
al, if possible.
4.3.7 Emergency egress doors shall be provided with door opening hardware that
is designed for both fire and panic protection (the door shall be opened by
pushing on a panic bar to exit or is designed so that the door or window
readily opens outward when pushed). The doors shall be operable from the
inside without the use of a key or tool.
4.3.8 Exterior doors and all interior doors penetrating fire walls (fire door) shall
be equipped with automatic, quick-acting, adjustable door closers. The
doors shall be kept closed and sign-posted to inform all workers to keep the
doors closed.
4.3.9 Fire exit doors shall not be locked in a way that would prevent immediate
exit if any persons are inside the room or building.

4.4 Fire Detection and Protection


4.4.1 The fire detection, alarm and fire protection systems shall be fully commis-
sioned and tested before a building is occupied.
4.4.2 All functionally significant plant buildings such as control rooms, process
interface buildings, substations or any other buildings which are critical to
the continued operation of the plant shall be provided with a fire alarm sys-
tem designed according to NFPA 72. Fire detection and alarm systems (fire
panels, initiating and end devices, and associated equipment) shall be of the
addressable type, i.e. each component can be individually identifiable at the
fire panel.
a) Fire alarms systems shall be provided with at least two independent and

38 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-3

page
7 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

reliable power supplies, one primary and one standby.


b) The primary power supply shall have a high degree of reliability. The
secondary power supply (e.g. emergency generation and/or battery)
shall be of sufficient capacity to operate the system for 24 hours to meet
NFPA 72. The installation of all power supplies to the system shall meet
NFPA 70 and NFPA 72.
4.4.3 Detectors shall be installed above suspended ceilings and below raised
floors of control buildings, computer centers, data processing centers, and
telecommunications facilities where required to meet NFPA 75 or NFPA 76.
4.4.4 Activation of the building fire detection/alarm system for buildings shall
produce audible and visible alarms that can be observed from inside the
building, outside the building, and at a permanently manned location, such
as control room or fire station.
4.4.5 Buildings shall be provided with the numbers and types of fire extinguish-
ers suitable for the hazards to meet the requirements of NFPA 10.
a) Fire extinguishers shall be located where readily accessible in the event
of a fire.
b) They shall be located along a normal path of travel and at exits from
areas.
c) Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed on a hanger or bracket sup-
plied or placed in cabinets or wall recesses that are clearly identified to
contain a fire extinguisher.
d) Portable extinguishers shall be maintained in a fully charged and oper-
able condition. They shall be kept in their designated places at all times
when they are not being used.
e) Type and size of portable fire extinguishers shall be based on the types
of hazards presented by the use of the building.
f) Distribution of fire extinguishers in buildings shall depend on the type
of hazard and coverage requirement in NFPA 10. Travel distance to a
fire extinguisher be consistent with the type of hazard, e.g. no more than
23 meters for a class A hazard or 15 meters for a class B hazard. Refer
to NFPA 10 for more details.
4.4.6 The need for a sprinkler system or other automatic fire extinguishing sys-
tem shall be determined by the owner based on best international fire pro-
tection practices to protect life and property as specified below:
a) At a minimum, fire detection and protection systems shall be installed
where required by the IBC and its associated fire code, the IFC; NFPA
5000 and its associated fire code, NFPA 1; or the applicable Saudi
Building Code.
b) The design of fire protection systems shall comply with the appropriate
NFPA Standard, such as NFPA 13 for sprinkler systems and NFPA 2001
for clean agent fire extinguishing systems.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 39


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-3 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
8 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

4.4.7 Fixed carbon dioxide (CO2) fire protection systems shall not be used for
manned buildings.
4.4.8 Fire protection shall be provided according to the SAF-4, Fire Protection
Systems.
4.4.9 Fire protection for storage buildings shall comply with NFPA 13.
4.4.10 Fire detection, protection, and fire prevention procedures for laboratories
shall comply with NFPA 45.
4.4.1 Fire protection of computer rooms, communication equipment rooms, and
plant control rooms shall comply with NFPA 75 and NFPA 76 where loss of
function of computer and telecommunications equipment and data will
impact life safety, process plant safety, or where third parties are critically
affected.
4.4.12 Control rooms, including all subfloor spaces, and areas above false ceilings
shall be monitored by installing an early warning fire detection (EWFD)
smoke detection system that meets NFPA 76.
4.5 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Systems
4.5.1 The building shall be maintained under positive pressure if the electrical
area classification indicates building pressurization is needed. Hazardous
(classified) locations are defined in NFPA 70, Chapter 5, Special Occupan-
cies and Directive SAF-12, Electrical Safety.
4.5.2 The need for combustible gas and toxic gas detectors in the air inlet to a
building HVAC system shall be determined by the potential for the building
being impacted by these hazards.
4.5.3 Air intake of a pressurized building shall be located in a non-classified area.
4.5.4 The HVAC system controller shall be powered from the plant emergency
power supply or, if emergency power is not available, the most reliable
power supply that is available.
4.5.5 The air intake damper to the HVAC shall automatically close upon detection
of combustible gas, toxic gas, or smoke in the air.
4.5.6 The air damper shall fail safe, e.g. close upon loss of power to protect the
building occupants.
4.5.7 Fire protection of the air duct system and all other aspects of installation of
an air-conditioning and ventilation system shall meet NFPA 90A.
4.6 Combustible materials contained inside the rooms due to normal use shall
be minimized in functionally significant buildings. Necessary books and
drawings used during work shall be stored in closed metal cabinets and
desks as much as possible.
4.7 First aid kits shall be provided in manned buildings. The owner shall pro-
vide employees with the training needed to use the first aid kits effectively.

40 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-3

page
9 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

4.8 Storage of flammable liquids shall be either outdoors in a dedicated location


or in dedicated metal cabinets or noncombustible buildings that are specifi-
cally designed for flammable liquid storage to meet NFPA 30 and the IBC.

5. Control Buildings and Other Buildings Requiring Blast-


resistance
5.1 Control buildings, multiple-occupancy buildings that contain control rooms,
and other functionally significant buildings that are identified by the owner
to require equivalent protection in refineries, petrochemical plants, and
other types of facilities that produce, process, or store flammable, toxic, or
explosive substances, shall be located to minimize exposure to fire, explo-
sion or release of hazardous materials (see Section 4.1, above). When nec-
essary, they shall be made blast resistant to the extent needed to prevent col-
lapse due to overpressure from a vapor cloud explosion if one were to occur
from a plant-related incident.
5.2 While the spacing and design of the control building should be guided by
the principles of API 752, the minimum spacing between a control building
(or building that contains a control room) and vessels, tanks, or other
process equipment handling combustible, flammable, toxic, or explosive
materials shall be 30 meters.
5.3 The control building shall be designed to prevent the entry of combustible,
flammable, or toxic liquids, gases or vapors.
5.4 Control buildings located inside of a plant shall be single-story and without
windows.
Exceptions: In plants where there is no explosion hazard, 5.4 does not
apply. Where the windows are specially designed to withstand the over-
pressure should an explosion occur, windows are allowed.
5.5 Control buildings shall be blast-resistant to the extent needed to prevent col-
lapse from a plant-related incident. Simulation of the resultant overpressure
and suction overpressure from a potential plant related explosion shall be
done using a registered or chartered professional engineer from an engi-
neering firm that specializes in such simulation. The results shall be used for
the basis of structural design by a professional engineering firm.
5.5.1 The simulation shall be used to select blast overpressure and duration
(impulse) for the structural design basis.
5.5.2 The simulation shall take into account existing process equipment and
future plant expansion equipment that is likely to be installed.
5.5.3 Rebound effects shall be computed and combined with the effects of nega-
tive phase loads, if any, based on the time dependent response.
5.6 Design of blast-resistant buildings shall be accomplished by a registered or
chartered professional engineer that is experienced in blast-resistant struc-
tural design. The design engineer shall design the structure in accordance

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 41


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-3 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
10 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

with the building performance requirements to withstand overpressure and


suction overpressure. The design shall be consistent with the provisions of
the ASCE report on design of blast resistant buildings in petrochemical
facilities or equivalent measures and procedures on how to design such
buildings.
5.6.1 The engineer shall use dynamic (not static) analysis and design methods
appropriate for the specific blast design. The selected methods shall ade-
quately model the dynamic response of the structure to the applied blast
loads and the structural component interaction.
5.6.2 The required resistance for each structural component shall be based on the
peak blast pressure (or load) and duration, the natural period of the compo-
nent, and the maximum allowable response (deformation).
5.6.3 Wind and seismic loads need not be combined with blast loading.
5.6.4 Brittle construction, including unreinforced concrete, prestressed concrete,
unreinforced masonry (block, brick, clay tile), poured gypsum, and cement-
asbestos panels, shall not be used for load carrying components of blast
resistant buildings.
5.6.5 Walls shall be reinforced concrete of load-bearing type designed to resist
bending and transmit horizontal shear. Precast concrete panels may be used
but shall be either mechanically anchored to cast-in-place reinforced con-
crete columns or provided with built-in, load transmitting anchors.
Reinforced concrete or fully-grouted reinforced masonry of appropriate
strength and thickness shall be used as cladding for fragment resistance.
5.6.6 Reinforced concrete components shall be designed, using ultimate strength
methods, in accordance with the provisions of the ASCE report. In-plane
and secondary bending stresses shall be accounted for in the design.
Interaction of forces in two directions, including biaxial bending, shall be
considered.
5.6.7 Components shall be adequately laterally braced to prevent premature buck-
ling failure during the positive and rebound response.
5.6.8 Connections shall be designed for at least 120% of the member's controlling
resistance (flexure or shear, whichever is lower).
5.6.9 Design for compression elements, such as load-bearing walls and exterior
columns, should consider secondary bending effects.
5.7 No combustible, flammable, or toxic material piping shall be piped into or
through the control building.
5.8 No process or material handling equipment, pressure vessels, storage tanks,
or piping containing combustible, flammable, or toxic materials shall be
located above or under a control room or building.
5.9 Offices, dining areas, and other types of rooms in the control building shall

42 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-3

page
11 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

be limited to what is needed for the plant to function properly. Non-essen-


tial offices, dining and recreational rooms shall be separate from the control
building and located in a safe location (see 4.1.3).
5.10 Exterior doors shall face away from process areas whenever possible.
5.10.1 All exterior doors, including equipment access double doors, shall meet the
blast resistance requirements of the structural walls of the building.
Manufacturers shall certify that blast resistant doors are designed to with-
stand the intended blast loading. The doors shall be marked with the manu-
facturers name and rating information.
5.10.2 External frames for blast resistant doors shall be set in grooves or anchored
on all sides to prevent doors and frames from being blown into the building
in the event of an explosion. Exterior doors shall open outwards and be
equipped with automatic door closers. The doors shall be kept closed and
sign-posted to inform workers to keep the doors closed at all times.
5.11 The parts of the ventilation and air conditioning equipment that are neces-
sarily external to the building shall be shielded or otherwise designed to sur-
vive any anticipated blast effects.
5.11.1 The fan inlet ducting shall be elevated, be free of leaks, and be protected
from mechanical damage and corrosion to prevent ingress of flammable or
toxic vapors or gases.
5.11.2 Inlet duct openings shall be minimized, arranged to be shielded from direct
blast, and prevent pressure on the top surfaces of suspended ceilings.
5.11.3 External louvers, their frames, and associated components shall be capable
of withstanding design blast over-pressures.
5.12 Sanitary sewer and water supply systems shall be connected to the control
room in such a way to prevent the possibility of damage to those utilities if
an explosion were to occur. The sanitary sewer shall not be connected to the
industrial drain system from the plant. All design shall take into considera-
tion the prevention of the ingress of flammable or toxic materials into the
building.

6. Other Requirements for Buildings in Plants


6.1 External doors shall have dust proof/air stop weather strips.
6.2 Glass panels shall not be used in exterior doors of plant buildings.

6.3 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)


6.3.1 Plant buildings shall be designed with a heating, ventilation and air condi-
tioning systems that meet the International Mechanical Code (IMC) and the
applicable ASHRAE standards for heating, refrigerating, and air-condition-
ing.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 43


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-3 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
12 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

6.3.2 Ducting shall be of non-combustible materials. Ducts that are expected to


be below the dew point temperature shall be insulated on their exterior to
prevent condensation on the exposed surface and within the insulating mate-
rial.
6.3.3 Air intake of a pressurized building shall be located in a nonclassified area
as defined by NFPA 70, free from smoke, flammable, and toxic vapors or
gases, and any other foreign matter. In plants where petroleum or chemical
products are being processed, flammable and/or toxic gas detectors shall be
provided at the air intake, depending on the hazard. The detectors shall
alarm in case of detection.
a) Filtering shall be provided to prevent entry of contaminates and any
other foreign matter. Filtering devices shall meet the applicable require-
ments of ASHRAE Standards 52.1 or 52.2.
b) Air quality inside the building shall meet the applicable requirements of
ASHRAE Standards 62.1, and 62.2 (also see Section 5.12 below).
6.3.4 The building ventilation system shall be designed to control fresh air supply
and provide air intake shutdown/internal air recycle capability to prevent the
ingress of smoke, flammable, and toxic vapors or gases where the potential
of such hazards exist.
6.3.5 Air-handling units providing building pressurization shall be provided with
100% standby units that are powered by separate power sources.
6.3.6 Building pressurization shall be monitored by a differential pressure gauge
and switch connected between the inside and outside of the building. Loss
of building pressurization shall alarm at the nearest control room.
6.3.7 The ventilation and air conditioning equipment system shall be designed to
prevent the entry of flammable vapors or gases in accordance with the
applicable NFPA 496.
6.3.8 Any room/building requiring pressurization shall be designed to withstand
an internal pressure of no less than 6.5 millimeter water gauge (0.25 inch
water gauge).
6.3.9 The ventilation and air conditioning system for buildings requiring pressur-
ization shall maintain an internal building positive pressure of at least 2.5
millimeter water gauge (0.1 inch water gauge) with all doors and other
openings closed.
a) The system shall be capable of providing a minimum outward velocity
of 0.30 m/sec (60 ft/min) through all openings. All doors capable of
being opened, except equipment doors that are used infrequently, shall
be considered open. An allowance for other openings shall be included.
An alarm shall activate at the control room upon loss of pressurization
below this 2.5 mm water gauge.
b) Outside air flow rate available for building pressurization equal to not

44 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-3

page
13 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

less than two (2) air changes per hour of the total pressurized space with
doors closed. The design pressure shall be 6.5 millimeter water gauge
(0.25 inch water).
6.3.10 Interior dry bulb design temperature shall be 22 ˚C (75 ˚F), 50% relative
humidity with the outside conditions based on recognized local design con-
ditions.
a) The thermal environmental conditions shall meet ASHRAE 55. HVAC
systems shall be capable of maintaining dry bulb temperature and rela-
tive humidity (if applicable) within the performance range given in
Table 1, ASHRAE 55, unless stricter indoor design conditions are
required.
b) The number of doors and other penetrations shall be minimized so that
positive pressure can be maintained, while at the same time, the number
of doors shall be adequate for safe exit per NFPA 101. The system shall
be tested and balanced to meet ASHRAE STD 111.
c) Devices to read and indicate temperature, relative humidity, and the
indoor/outdoor differential pressure shall be installed in the control
room.
d) Air lock type entries are required to entrances normally used by person-
nel. Air locks are not required for large doors used infrequently to bring
in large equipment.
6.3.11 Ventilation and air conditioning equipment located in hazardous (classified)
areas shall meet the requirements of NFPA 70.
6.3.12 Air-conditioning and refrigeration installations shall meet the safety
requirements of ASHRAE Standard 15.
6.4 Maximum allowable noise levels inside the an occupied room in a plant
building, such as a control room, shall be 55 decibels to be achieved with-
out hearing protection for the occupants.
6.5 A fire detection and alarm system shall be installed that will monitor for fire
and/ or smoke in all rooms adjacent to the control room.
6.6 Two-hour fire-resistant separation shall separate control rooms from other
areas such as communications rooms, rack rooms, process interface equip-
ment rooms, computer rooms, store rooms, kitchens, toilets, mechanical
rooms, electrical switchgear rooms, laboratories, workshops, and offices.
The two-hour fire-resistant separation shall be of materials or assemblies
that have withstood a fire test exposure per NFPA 251.
6.7 Fixed fire protection shall meet the requirements of NFPA 75 for control
rooms and multiple occupancy buildings that contain control rooms.
6.8 If a raised access, modular type computer floor is used, the floor compo-
nents shall meet the fire-resistant requirements of the IFC or NFPA 1.
a) Smoke detectors shall be provided at internals under the floor that meet

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 45


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-3 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
14 of 14
SAF-3
Plant Buildings

NFPA 72.
b) Ventilation under the floor shall be adequate to meet the requirements of
the wiring and other components.
6.9 Electrical power feed and communications cables to control buildings shall
be underground to the extent possible to protect them from mechanical dam-
age during a fire or explosion.
a) All cables or conduits entering the building shall be from underground.
b) Underground cable and conduit systems shall be designed for under-
ground service.
c) The cable entry points shall be designed and sealed in such a way as to
protect against any potential overpressure effects and to prevent the
entry of fire, flammable gas or vapor, liquid chemicals, hydrocarbons,
water, insects, or rodents.
6.10 Emergency power systems shall be provided for emergency lighting, build-
ing pressurization systems, power to control systems, and communications.

46 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 51
1.1 Scope 51
1.2 Application 51
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 51

2 Definitions 51

3 References 52

4 General Requirements 53
4.1 Fire Protection Codes 53
4.2 Fire Detection and Alarm 53
4.3 Sprinkler Systems 54
4.4 Portable Fire Extinguishers 54
4.5 Qualifications of Designers 54
4.6 Access and Supply 54
4.7 Fire Hydrants 55
4.8 Water Mains and Branches 56
4.9 Post Indicating Valves (PIV) 58
4.10 Water Pumps 58
4.11 Specialized Applications 59
4.12 Warehouse and Storage Areas 61
Table 1 – Environmental Properties of
Halon 1301, Novec 1230, and FM-200 60
Figure 1 – Example of a typical Carbon
Dioxide Warning Sign. 61

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

50 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-4

page
1 of 11
SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for fire protection sys-
tems, including fire detection and alarm, extinguishing, and firefighting sys-
tems.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the secretariat of the General
Secretariat of the HCIS to comply with the security, safety, and fire protec-
tion requirements according to these directives and add to or modify the
existing facilities as required. Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS
has assessed deficiencies in existing facilities during a survey, comparing
the current state of the facilities to the requirements of these directives,
those identified deficiencies shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
ANSI: American National Standard Institute, Website: http://www.ansi.org/
AWWA: American Water Works Association, Website: http://www.awwa.org/
FM: FM Global (Factory Mutual), Website: http://www.fmglobal.com/
ICC: International Building Code (IBC) and International Fire Code (IFC) are an interna-
tionally recognized Codes provided by the International Code Council (ICC), Website:
http://www.iccsafe.org/
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
Listed: Equipment, materials, or services that meet an appropriate designated Standard or
Code or that have been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose. FM and UL are
two internationally recognized organizations with listings of equipment, materials, and ser-
vices.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://nfpa.org/

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 51


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-4 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 11
SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or establishment.


Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
SNAP: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Significant New Alternatives Policy
(SNAP) program. This program is EPA's program to evaluate and regulate substitutes for
ozone-depleting chemicals being phased out. The purpose of the program is to allow a safe,
smooth transition away from ozone-depleting compounds by identifying substitutes that
offer lower overall risks to human health and the environment. Website:
http://www.epa.gov
/ozone/snap/
UL: Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Website: http://www.ul.com/

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
ANSI/AWWA C502 Wet Barrel Fire Hydrants
ANSI/AWWA C503 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrants
ASME/ANSI B1.20.1 Pipe Thread, General Purpose
ICC IBC International Building Code
ICC IFC International Fire Code
NFPA 1 Uniform Fire Code
NFPA 10 Portable Fire Extinguishers
NFPA 11 Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam
NFPA 12 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems
NFPA 14 Standpipe and Hose Systems
NFPA 15 Water Spray Fixed Systems
NFPA 16 Deluge Foam-Water Sprinkler Systems and Foam-Water
Spray Systems
NFPA 17 Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 17A Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 20 Installation of Stationary Pumps
NFPA 22 Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection
NFPA 24 Private Fire Service Mains
NFPA 25 Water-Based Fire Protection Systems
NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
NFPA 45 Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals
NFPA 61 Fire and Dust Explosions in Agricultural and Food
Processing Facilities
NFPA 69 Explosion Prevention Systems
NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code

52 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-4

page
3 of 11
SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

NFPA 101 Life Safety Code


NFPA 409 Aircraft Hangars
NFPA 2001 Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 5000 Building Construction and Safety Code
SNAP Significant New Alternatives Policy

4. General Requirements
4.1 Fire Protection Codes
4.1.1 All establishments, factories, manufacturing plants and processing equip-
ment, support facilities and structures, operations areas, warehouses and
storage facilities, distribution establishments, and buildings subject to the
supervision of the HCIS, Ministry of Interior, shall be provided with the
specified level of emergency egress, fire detection, fire notification, and fire
suppression capability for the protection of life and property from fire and
other hazards to meet the International Building Code (IBC), the
International Fire Code (IFC) in conjunction with NFPA 1, and NFPA 101,
and NFPA 5000 and their referenced codes.
4.1.2 Occupants of all establishments, manufacturing facilities, plants facilities,
support facilities, structures, operations areas, warehouses and other storage
facilities, and all buildings shall be provided with the means to be reason-
ably safe from fire and similar emergencies.
4.1.3 Buildings shall have fire detection and alarm systems and fire protection
equipment installed according to the building size, number of levels, and
use (occupancy) where required by the IBC and the IFC. Fire detection sys-
tems, standpipes (for connecting firefighting hose in multi-story buildings),
automatic water sprinkler systems, portable fire extinguishers, fire depart-
ment access, fire mains and hydrants, fire pumps, fire water storage tanks,
and other fire protection equipment shall be provided to meet the required
level of protection.
4.1.4 Where there are conflicts between the IBC and NFPA 1 or its references, the
requirement that will best protect life and property shall prevail.
4.1.5 Plant buildings shall also comply with the requirements of HCIS Directive
SAF-3, Fire Safety for Plant Buildings.

4.2 Fire Detection and Alarm


4.2.1 Fire detection and alarm systems, in occupancies where they are required by
the IBC, shall meet the requirements of NFPA 72. Fire detection and alarm
systems (fire panels, initiating and end devices, and associated equipment)
shall be addressable, i.e. each smoke and fire detection end device shall be
individually identifiable at the fire panel.
Exception: Where very early warning fire detection design is applied, high

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 53


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-4 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 11
SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

sensitivity air-aspirating fire detection systems may be used even though


they may not literally be considered addressable systems.
4.2.2 All fire detection and alarm systems shall be provided with at least two
independent and reliable power supplies, one primary and one secondary
(standby). The secondary supply shall be capable of operating the system
for 24 hours. Refer to NFPA 72 for further requirements.

4.3 Sprinkler Systems


4.3.1 Sprinkler systems, in occupancies where sprinkler systems are required by
the IBC, shall meet NFPA 13. Where standpipes are required, they shall
meet NFPA 14.
4.3.2 All piping and components for sprinkler systems, standpipes, and other fire
water system components shall withstand a minimum working pressure of
not less than 1026 kPa (gauge) (175 psig) aboveground and 1034 kPa
(gauge)
(150 psig) for components installed underground. Components shall be cer-
tified for fire service by an independent testing lab (i.e. listed by UL or FM).

4.4 Portable Fire Extinguishers


4.4.1 All establishments, manufacturing facilities, plants facilities, support facili-
ties, structures, operations areas, warehouses and other storage sites, and all
buildings shall be provided with the numbers and types of fire extinguish-
ers suitable for the hazards to meet the requirements of NFPA 10.
4.4.2 Travel distance to a fire extinguisher shall be no more than 23 meters,
except as allowed by NFPA 10.

4.5 Qualifications of Designers


4.5.1 The ownershall be responsible for the proper design, construction, commis-
sioning, testing, and maintenance of the facilities fire protection equipment
and systems. Fire protection and detection systems shall be designed and
installed by professional engineering and design personnel who are quali-
fied, experienced, and specialized in fire protection and detection design.
4.5.2 All fire protection systems and devices shall be maintained in a reliable
operating condition and shall be replaced or repaired where defective.

4.6 Access and Water Supply


4.6.1 Fire department access and water supply shall meet NFPA 1.
4.6.2 Access shall not be less than 6 meters in width and with an unobstructed
overhead clearance of not less than 5.5 meters.
4.6.3 Access shall not be obstructed in any manner. Vehicles that are parked in
fire access lanes shall be removed by the ownerat the expense of the vehi-
cle owner. The owneris responsible for maintaining clear access around

54 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-4

page
5 of 11
SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

buildings and plant facilities.

4.6.4 Access shall be no more than 15 meters from an access door to the interior
of a plant building.
4.6.5 A fire water supply shall meet NFPA 1 including the following require-
ments:
a) The number and type of fire hydrants, fire pumps, fire mains, and con-
nections shall be capable of delivering the demanded water flow to pro-
vide no less than the rate required to meet NFPA 24 for the size, type,
and use of the building or facility that is protected. Minimum pressures
at end devices shall meet NFPA 24.
b) Fire water systems for multi-unit plants shall be dedicated, looped sys-
tems with dedicated storage and adequate spare pumping capacity.
Smaller plants such as bulk plants and gas-oil separation plants may
have combined utility/fire water systems.
c) Private water supply systems shall be tested and maintained in accor-
dance with NFPA 25. Plans and specifications of fire protection sys-
tems, and their test, inspection, and acceptance records, shall be retained
in the company’s permanent engineering files.
d) Water tanks for private fire protection systems shall be designed and
installed to meet NFPA 22.
4.7 Fire Hydrants
4.7.1 Fire hydrants and connections shall be unobstructed, clearly marked, and
accessible to the fire department (located within 6 meters of roads or access-
ways suitable for access by a fire truck). Hydrants shall be certified to meet
AWWA C502 or C503 for fire protection service and have not less than a
152 millimeter (6-inch) connection to the fire water supply header.
4.7.2 Hydrants shall be flow tested annually to ensure proper functioning. Each
hydrant shall be opened fully and flowed until all foreign material has
cleared. Minimum water flow time shall be 1 minute.
4.7.3 Hydrants shall be provided in sufficient number and located in a manner
that will enable the needed fire flow to be delivered through hose lines to all
exterior sides of any important structure or facility equipment from at least
two directions. Refer to NFPA 1 for more details.
a) For company owned residences, hydrant spacing shall be no more than
150 meters along roads and accessways. Where hydrants are intended to
be used directly without benefit of a fire truck, hydrant spacing should
be no more than 75 meters. Hydrants shall be placed no less than 15
meters from buildings protected. At a minimum there shall be enough
hydrants to make sure that two streams are available at every part of the
interior structure if that building is not provided with an internal water

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 55


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-4 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 11
SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

standpipe system.
b) For plant areas that manufacture, process, store, transport, transfer, or
handle bulk materials, hydrant spacing shall not exceed 100 meters.
Commentary: Where the water system is properly designed, the dis-
tance between fire hydrants will typically range from 45 to 90 meters
depending on the fire hazard, layout of the area, water density require-
ments of the protected area, and design of the hydrant. The maximum
allowable spacing is 100 meters.
c) Check valves, back flow prevention valves, and similar appurtenances
shall not be installed between a fire hydrant and its connection to the
private water supply header or branch piping.
4.7.4 Private fire hydrant connections shall be compatible with the equipment of
the local fire department unless the owner company has its own dedicated
fire protection department. Refer to NFPA 24 for other requirements.

4.8 Water Mains and Branches


4.8.1 Water mains owned by establishments that are used for the purpose of fire
protection shall be designed and installed to meet NFPA 24 requirements.
4.8.2 Mains shall not be less than 152 millimeter (6-inch) nominal diameter.
4.8.3 Mains shall not pass under buildings.
4.8.4 Fire water mains shall not pass aboveground through fire hazardous areas
and shall be located so that the mains are protected from mechanical and fire
damage.
4.8.5 Nonmetallic piping shall not be used for aboveground firewater mains sys-
tems. Transition from nonmetallic to metallic piping in firewater services
shall be made underground.
4.8.6 The type and class of piping used for fire mains shall be considered for its
fire resistance, corrosion resistance, the maximum working pressure, the
soil conditions, and the external loads due to burial.
4.8.7 Nonmetal piping such as glass-fiber-reinforced thermosetting resin pipe
(RTRP) and glass-fiber-reinforced plastic-mortar pipe (RPMP) is often pre-
ferred for buried mains and major underground branches of the fire water
piping system due to its corrosion resistance. If nonmetal piping is used, the
following requirements shall be followed:
a) Transition from nonmetallic to metallic piping shall be done under-
ground in a manner that the weight of metallic piping shall not be trans-
ferred to nonmetallic piping, and flexibility requirements shall be taken
into account separately for both piping materials.
b) In pressurized systems, connections to metal valves, larger than 50 mil-
limeter nominal pipe sizes, shall be by means of flanges.
c) Threaded flanges shall not be used on nonmetallic piping systems.

56 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-4

page
7 of 11
SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

d) Branch connections to threaded metallic piping may only be used for


RTR pipe up to and including 75 millimeter nominal pipe size, provid-
ed the branch connections are factory made.
e) Metal valves shall be supported independently of nonmetallic piping.
f) Thrust blocks shall be placed at every change in direction of nonmetal-
lic buried piping.
g) Nonmetallic piping used in a private fire water system should be listed
for fire protection service. Nonmetallic piping shall not be used for
aboveground firewater and fire extinguishing systems unless the piping
is UL/FM listed for fire resistance in that service.
h) In pressurized systems, connections to metal valves, larger than 50 mil-
limeter nominal pipe sizes, shall be by means of flanges.
i) Nonburied metal valves, including metal valves in buried valve boxes,
shall be supported independently of nonmetallic piping.
j) In buried condition, metal valves 4 inch in size and larger shall be sup-
ported independently of nonmetallic piping.
k) The following materials specifications define the requirements for
glass-fiber-reinforced thermosetting resin pipe (RTRP) and glass-fiber-
reinforced plastic-mortar pipe (RPMP) for couplings, fittings, flanges
and spools using polyester, vinyl ester or epoxy resin with restrained
adhesive-bonded joints, restrained gasketed joints (including butt &
wrap lamination joints with reinforced laminated overlays) or unre-
strained gasketed joints.
1. The minimum pressure/temperature rating of 12 bar (175 psig) at 93
deg C shall be used for dedicated fire water piping systems. Both
RTRP and RPMP are fiberglass pipes.
2. Threads shall be per ASME/ANSI B1.20.1. Threaded joints are not
permitted in piping manufactured using any kind of fillers, such as
reinforced plastic mortar piping (RPMP).
3. Pipe, fittings, and flanges for a particular installation shall be manu-
factured or supplied by the same Vendor to avoid incompatibility due
to intermixing of products from different manufacturers.
l) Laying RTR Piping in the Trench should be done as follows:
1. Piping larger than 250 millimeters nominal pipe size shall be assem-
bled in the trench.
2. For trenches 2 meters deep or less, pipe assembled next to the trench
shall not be moved within three pipe lengths of an uncured joint.
3. The pipeline shall be lowered into the trench progressively to avoid
excessive joint angular deflection.
4. For trenches deeper than 2 meters, pipe shall be assembled in the
trench.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 57


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-4 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
8 of 11
SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

m) For backfilling trenches, within 300 millimeters of the top of the pipe,
backfill shall be hand tamped, or a board shall be used to protect the
pipe from damage from vibratory plate compactors. Backfill above 300
millimeters sand cover in a non-traffic area shall be onsite excavation or
borrowed material with a maximum particle size of 150 millimeters or
one-half the lift thickness, whichever is smaller.
n) Buried nonmetallic piping at road crossings be protected externally by
reinforced concrete slabs, culverts, casing or other means designed in
such a way that the piping is protected against crush from exterior loads.
4.8.8 Buried steel pipe, if used, shall be internally and externally coated and
externally wrapped to prevent corrosion, i.e. internal cement lined; internal
and external fusion bonded epoxy (FBE) coating. For both buried and
aboveground mains and branches, alternative materials for piping such as
90-10 copper-nickel, 254 SMO stainless steel, or 316 stainless steel provide
adequate corrosion resistant properties by themselves and may be used
without internal or external coatings. Galvanizing is not acceptable for
either internal or external corrosion protection.
4.8.9 Mains shall be flow tested to determine the condition of the piping at mini-
mum 5-year intervals. Flow tests shall be made at flows at or above the
design rates and compared with the original flow test when the system was
new. Any deficiencies shall be corrected as needed.
4.8.10 New or repaired fire protection system piping and attached appurtenances
in water service, regardless of materials, shall be hydrostatically tested to
1380 kPa (gauge) (200 psig) or 345 kPa (gauge) (50 psig) in excess of nor-
mal operating pressure, whichever is greater, and held without pressure loss
for 2 hours to meet NFPA 24.

4.9 Post Indicating Valves (PIV)


Buried valves for plant firewater system mains and branch piping shall be
post indicating valves that are certified for fire protection service.
Identification shall be provided at each valve to indicate its function and
what end devices it controls.
4.10 Water Pumps
4.10.1 Pumps that are stationary and supplying water for private fire protection
systems shall meet the requirements of NFPA 20.
4.10.2 Pumps shall be located only in electrically nonclassified areas and in non-
fire-hazardous areas. Fire pump units located outdoors shall be located at
least 15 meters away from a building that it is protecting. For other higher
risk facilities, the separation distance shall be adequate to ensure against
possible interruption of service due to leaks, fire, or explosion.
4.10.3 Provisions shall be made during facility design to accommodate frequent
inspection, testing, and maintenance as described in NFPA 25.

58 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-4

page
9 of 11
SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

4.10.4 Pumps utilizing untreated water directly from a natural source as a supply
of fire water shall have a permanent suction strainer installed where
required by NFPA 20, and of a type meeting the requirements of NFPA 20.
Double removable intake screens shall be provided at the suction intake.
Screens shall be designed so that they can be cleaned without shutting down
pumping operations or disassembling the suction pipe.
4.10.5 Pumps shall deliver at least 150% of rated flow at 65% rated head. The total
shutoff head shall not exceed 140% of total rated head for any type of pump.
The head characteristic shall be constantly rising from operating point to
pump shut-in. Annual pump tests shall be conducted under minimum, rated,
and peak flows to meet NFPA 25. A copy of the baseline pump curve for
each fire water pump and the results of annual pump tests shall be on record
at the office of the proponent.
4.10.6 Pumps, their drivers (electric motors and diesel engines), and controllers
shall be listed to meet NFPA 20.
Exception: If the ownerhas pump material and manufacturing specifica-
tions that exceed NFPA 20, adequate quality controls and vendor inspection
to provide adequate quality control, and if there are spare pumps (at least
50% spare capacity), then the electrical motors and pumps are not required
to be listed. Diesel engines driving fire water pumps shall be listed, regard-
less of circumstance.
4.10.7 Indoor fire pump units shall be separated from all other areas of a building
by 2-hour fire-rated construction.

4.11 Specialized Applications


4.11.1 Fixed wet chemical, dry chemical, carbon dioxide (CO2), gaseous fire sup-
pression, or other fire-extinguishing systems shall be installed for the pro-
tection of certain enclosed areas such as kitchen exhaust hood and vent sys-
tems and associated cooking appliances, gas turbine enclosures, in special
labs and chemical storage rooms, communications rooms in critical com-
munications facilities, computer rooms in central computer facilities, in
rotating power generating equipment enclosures, and in other specific situ-
ations as required by the IBC, the IFC, NFPA 1 and its referenced codes, or
where fixed extinguishing systems are required by the owner.
4.11.2 Dry chemical systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with
NFPA 17.
4.11.3 Wet chemical extinguishing systems shall be designed and installed per
NFPA 17A for kitchen exhaust and vent systems; plenums, ducts, and filters
associated with cooking appliances; special grease removal devices; and
other applications specified by the owner. All wet chemical systems shall
have both automatic and manual methods of actuation.
4.11.4 Foam-water sprinkler and spray systems shall be installed to meet NFPA 16

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 59


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-4 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
10 of 11
SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

and NFPA 11, as applicable. The determination of where foam-water sprin-


klers and spray systems are required shall be based on the guidelines of
NFPA 30, NFPA 409, and best industry practice for the facility type.
4.11.5 Explosion prevention and control systems shall meet NFPA 69.
4.11.6 Methods of preventing fire and dust explosions in agricultural and food pro-
cessing facilities shall meet NFPA 61.
4.11.7 Gaseous agent extinguishing systems (other than carbon dioxide) shall be
designed and installed to use clean agents that meet NFPA 2001. The extin-
guishing agent shall be listed as a substitute for Halon 1301 in the
Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) program.
Commentary Note: Both Novec 1230 (C6-fluoroketone) and FM-200
(HFC 227ea; heptafluoropropane) have been approved and are commonly
used as clean fire extinguishing agents. These materials meet international
certification criteria for clean agent fire suppression as specified in NFPA
2001 and have been approved in the past by the HCIS for use to protect
facilities. Both extinguishing agents have an Ozone Depletion Potential
(ODP) of zero and are listed as clean agents in the Significant new
Alternatives Policy (SNAP) program approval from the U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency. Note that the use of FM-200 may be
restricted in the future because hydrofluorocarbons (materials that consist of

Properties Halon 1301 Novec 1230 FM-200


Ozone Depletion 12 0 0
Potential (ODP)
Global Warming 6900 1 3500
Potential (GWP)
Atmospheric life (Years) 65 0.014 33

hydrogen, fluorine, and carbon), have been identified in the Kyoto Protocol
as greenhouse gases targeted for emission reduction because of their global
warming potential.

Table 1 – Environmental Properties of Halon 1301


Novec 1230, and FM-200
4.11.8 Use of carbon dioxide (CO2) is allowable for unmanned spaces such as
rotating equipment enclosures. THE DISCHARGE OF CARBON DIOX-
IDE IN FIRE-EXTINGUISHING CONCENTRATION CREATES A SUF-
FOCATION HAZARD so installations shall be designed and installed with
the safeguards required by NFPA 12 and this directive.
a) Use of fixed system CO2 fire suppression is prohibited for normally
manned areas.

60 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-4

page
11 of 11
SAF-4
Fire Protection Systems

b) An alarm warning device shall be provided to activate 30 seconds prior


to any discharge of CO2 into the area.
c) Lock-out devices to disarm the CO2 system when personnel are present
shall be installed.
d) Enclosed rooms shall have an exterior exit door equipped with panic
hardware.
e) Air ventilation and fire dampers in the ventilation system shall shut
down upon system actuation.

f) Warning signs as specified in NFPA 12 shall be affixed in an obvious


locations in every protected space, at every entrance of every protected
space, and in any location were carbon dioxide can migrate or collect as
a result of discharge of the system.

Figure 1 – Example of a typical Carbon Dioxide Warning Sign


See NFPA 12 for other examples of warning signs
and details on where to post them.

4.12 Warehouse and Storage Areas


4.12.1 Warehouse and storage area fire protection systems shall meet the require-
ments of the IBC. the IFC, and this directive. Where sprinklers are required

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 61


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-5
Industrial Drainage

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-5
Industrial Drainage
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF 2 High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-5
Industrial Drainage

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 67
1.1 Scope 67
1.2 Application 67
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 67

2 Definitions 67

3 References 68

4 General Requirements 68
4.1 Intent 68
4.2 Industrial Drain Design 69
4.3 Surface Drainage 69
4.4 Catch Basins 69
4.5 Manholes 69
4.6 Piping 69
4.7 Lift Stations 70
4.8 Treatment of Effluents 70
4.9 Drawings 70

66 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-5

page
1 of 4
SAF-5
Industrial Drainage

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for industrial drainage
and industrial sewer systems in onshore plant facilities that manufacture,
process, store, transport, transfer or handle bulk materials that are com-
bustible, flammable, caustic, or potentially toxic if they were to enter into
the sanitary sewer system or storm drain system. Pressure sewer and sani-
tary sewer systems are outside the scope of this directive.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
Catch Basin: An open drain with a grate at the top, an integral sediment trap and
outlet liquid seal for the collection of surface runoff and effluent.
Cleanout: A resealable port that allows for the inspection and cleaning of piping
within sewer systems.
Drain: A basin and pipe that collects product waste and effluents from points such
as pump bases, drain points, vessel drains, or other equipment, and discharges
those effluents through a sealed connection at a catch basin, or through a sealed
connection at a manhole, into the sewer system.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 67


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-5 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 4
SAF-5
Industrial Drainage

Effluent: Liquid industrial waste, spillage, process flow releases, cooling water,
firewater, or storm water that enters and passes through a sewer system.
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
Industrial Sewer System: A system that removes surface runoffs and effluents
from process areas within a plot limit to a disposal facility, or off-plot ponding area.
It operates either by gravity or pumping force. This sewer system consists of catch
basins, manholes, and a network of sewer piping consisting of sublaterals, laterals,
submains, and mains.
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Plant: Facilities used to manufacture, process, store, transport, or transfer hydro-
carbons or other chemical substances. For the purposes of this directive, a plant
consists of one or more plot areas.
Plot: An individual process area made up of one or more risk areas.
Pressure Sewer: A closed sewer system which removes hydrocarbons or oily
water effluents directly, through hard-piped connections, from pressure vessels,
process piping, valves, etc., to a disposal facility, such as a blowdown drum, three-
phase separator, or a burnpit. Pressure sewer systems are constructed as hydrocar-
bon process piping systems and must be designed in accordance with appropriate
piping standards.
Risk Area: A hypothetical fire protection area in a plant. It is used for the purpos-
es of sizing fire water systems, segregating drain systems with vented manholes,
and other design aspects needed to prevent spread of fire from one area of a plant
or to another.
Sewer: A system of catch basins, manholes, and piping used to collect and trans-
port effluents, such as oily water, spillage from processing units, and rainwater
runoff within a plot limit area, to a disposal facility.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
API RP 2001 Fire Protection in Refineries

4. General Requirements
4.1 Intent
The intent of these requirements is to minimize the extent and adverse
effects of hydrocarbon and chemical spills and effluents, and to minimize
the size of liquid hydrocarbon fires.

68 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-5

page
3 of 4
SAF-5
Industrial Drainage

4.2 Industrial Drain Design


4.2.1 Plot areas in plants shall be equipped with an industrial sewer system.
4.2.2 The design approach of the API RP 2001 section on “Drainage,
Containment, And Waste Disposal” shall be followed.
4.2.3 Where an industrial sewer system is not justified, a storm surface drainage
system shall be provided and the justification documented and retained in
the owner’s engineering files.
4.2.4 Sewer systems shall not be located in areas where maintenance access will
be difficult, such as under building or equipment slabs or foundations.

4.3 Surface Drainage


4.3.1 Open drain troughs or trenches shall not be used within process areas,
except as part of a documented storm surface drainage system.
4.3.2 The design of surface drainage shall minimize fire exposure of equipment
and buildings, i.e. effluents shall be directed away from buildings, substa-
tions, power poles and towers, access roads, incoming and outgoing hydro-
carbon lines, on-site pipeways, flares, storage tanks, and process equipment.
4.3.3 Effluent shall not stand in open ponds, ditches, or trenches in plant areas.
Solid matter carried with the effluent shall be trapped as close as possible to
the source.
4.3.4 The surface slope of trenches to catch basins or a disposal point shall be not
less than 1:65 (1.5%).
4.3.5 Any surface drainage, liquid industrial waste or spillage, or process flow
releases from one risk area shall not affect any other area.
4.3.6 Surface drainage from unpaved areas shall not drain over paved areas.

4.4 Catch Basins


4.4.1 Drainage within process areas shall be via liquid-sealed catch basins.
4.4.2 Catch basins shall not be located underneath equipment.
4.4.3 Flow from one catch basin shall not run into another catch basin.
4.4.4 Grates and drain covers shall be removable to facilitate cleaning and flush-
ing.

4.5 Manholes
Manholes shall be sealed and vented and shall be sized to permit entrance
for cleaning. Vent pipes shall not be less than 100 millimeters (4 inches)
nominal diameter.

4.6 Piping
4.6.1 Piping for industrial sewers shall be free-flowing and self-draining to ensure

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 69


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-5 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 4
SAF-5
Industrial Drainage

that no effluents remain in the piping during no-flow conditions, except that
effluent standing in a catch basin liquid seal is permitted.
4.6.2 Underground piping and components for industrial sewers used in drainage
systems shall be inert to fuel if fuels are stored or handled in the area, and
rated to be suitable to withstand any temperature and chemical composition
of expected effluents.
4.6.3 Cleanouts shall be provided to facilitate inspection and cleaning of sewer
piping.
4.6.4 Flow velocities shall be designed in accordance with good engineering prac-
tice.
4.6.5 Sewer pipe shall not be less than 150 millimeters (6 inches) nominal diam-
eter, except that force main piping shall not be less than 100 millimeters (4
inches) nominal diameter.

4.7 Lift Stations


4.7.1 Lift stations shall be sealed and vented and shall be provided with 100%
design capacity in-service pumps and 100% design capacity standby pumps,
one set for normal and one set for maximum incoming flow conditions.
4.7.2 Pumps shall be designed for pumping effluent and shall be of a nonclogging
design.
4.7.3 Suction lifts are prohibited unless self-priming pumps are used.
4.7.4 Each lift station sump shall be provided with a high-level alarm to an attend-
ed location.

4.7.5 Electrical hazard classification and electrical installation details shall meet
the requirements of Directive SAF-12, Electrical Safety, and its references.

4.8 Treatment of Effluents


4.8.1 The final separator or interceptor for the drainage system shall be designed
to allow disposal of combustible or flammable liquids into a safety located
containment and/or treatment facility.
4.8.2 Disposal of either treated or untreated effluents shall follow best practices
in accordance with governmental environmental regulations.

4.9 Drawings
As-built drawings of drainage systems shall be maintained and kept on-site
at the plant.

70 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-6
Plant Layout, Spacing, and Access

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-6
Plant Layout, Spacing, and Access
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-6
Plant Layout, Spacing,
and Access

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 75
1.1 Scope 75
1.2 Application 75
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 75
2 Definitions 75
3 References 76
4 General Requirements 76
4.1 Location 76
4.2 Layout 77
5 Access and Egress 77
5.1 Application 77
5.2 Stairs and Elevated Work Platforms 78
5.3 Ladders 79
6 Plant Layout and Spacing 79
6.1 Applicationof Spacing Charts 79
6.2 Rotating Equipment 80
6.3 Portable Gas Cylinders 80
6.4 Roadwasys in Plants and
Other Facilities 80
6.5 Aviation Obstruction Marking
and Lighting 81
6.6 Security 81
Figure 1 – Onsite Plant Equipment
Spacing Chart 81
Figure 2 – Offsite Spacing Chart 82

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

74 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-6

page
1 of 8
SAF-6
Plant Layout, Spacing,
and Access

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for layout, spacing, and
access in plant facilities. The spacing values in this directive are minimum
clearances to reduce the potential spread of fire throughout a facility. This
directive does not provide spacing that would protect against jet fires or
flare hazards in petroleum or petrochemical plants. It is the owner's respon-
sibility to assess the spacing of equipment and buildings due to these haz-
ards.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
Aisle: Walking space for personnel around equipment at grade level.
ANSI: American National Standards Institute, Website: http://www.ansi.org/
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
Cage: A cage is a steel guard assembly around the ladder to reduce the fall hazard
to a person climbing the ladder.
FAA: Federal Aviation Administration,
Website: http://www.faa.gov/ats/ata/ai/index.html

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 75


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-6 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 8
SAF-6
Plant Layout, Spacing,
and Access

HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.


NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Plant: Facilities used to manufacture, process, store, transport, or transfer hydro-
carbons or other chemical substances.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
API RP 2001 Fire Protection in Refineries
FAA Circular AC 70/7460-1K, Obstruction Marking and Lighting
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
ANSI A14.3 Ladders, Fixed, Safety Requirements
ANSI Z359.1 Safety Requirements for Personal Fall Arrest Systems, Subsystems
and Components
ANSI A1264.1 Safety Requirements for Workplace Floor and Wall Openings,
Stairs, and Railing Systems

4. General Requirements
4.1 Location
4.1.1 Planning of the plant location and locating equipment and buildings shall
include considerations for safety, health, and environment to be equal to that
of constructability, economy, operability, and efficiency of process and
maintenance. Considerations shall include:
4.1.2 Potential exposures due to incidental releases of flammable or toxic gases
or vapors due to pressure relief systems, storage tank emissions, or acci-
dental leaks due to fire or explosion,
4.1.3 Potential exposure to radiation of safety flares,
4.1.4 Potential exposure to radiation due to incidental fire on unit equipment,
4.1.5 Potential exposure to an incidental vapor cloud explosion (VCE),
4.1.6 Potential business interruption losses due to fire or VCE,
4.1.7 Potential property losses due to fire or VCE.

4.2 Layout
4.2.1 Layout design of the plant shall include adequate spacing,
4.2.2 To minimize involvement of adjacent facilities in a fire,

76 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-6

page
3 of 8
SAF-6
Plant Layout, Spacing,
and Access

4.2.3 To permit access for fire fighting,


4.2.4 To ensure that critical emergency facilities will be accessible for operators
to perform emergency shutdown actions in the event of a fire or explosion,
4.2.5 To segregate high-risk facilities or equipment from less hazardous opera-
tions and equipment,
4.2.6 To separate continuous ignition sources from probable sources of release of
flammable materials,
4.2.7 To permit access by plant personnel for normal operation and maintenance
of equipment,
4.2.8 To avoid danger or nuisance to persons or facilities beyond the adjacent
property lines,
4.2.9 To ensure site security,
4.2.10 To minimize equipment damage from a fire or explosion to the immediate
area.

5. Access and Egress


5.1 Application
All facilities shall be provided with appropriate access and egress for per-
sonnel, materials, and equipment by using accessways, ladders, roads, stair-
ways, stiles, and working surfaces such as decks, floors, grade, platforms,
ramps, runways, and walkways as directed by this directive and its refer-
ences.

5.2 Stairs and Elevated Work Platforms


5.2.1 Stairways shall serve the primary access and egress to main operating lev-
els in structures, buildings, and furnaces. Building access and egress shall
be governed by SAF-3, Plant Buildings.
5.2.2 Workplace floors, stairs, and their handrail systems shall meet ANSI
A1264.1 or other equivalent international or Saudi Codes.
5.2.3 Stairways and elevated work platforms and walkways shall have sufficient
clearance to permit unobstructed passage for plant personnel.
5.2.4 Openings that present a tripping or falling hazard (300 millimeters or more)
in the floor of an elevated work platform or walkway shall be guarded by a
railing system or load-bearing cover.
5.2.5 Where a ladder is attached to an elevated work platform or walkway, a self-
closing swinging safety gate shall be provided at the break in the railing sys-
tem to guard against a fall.
5.2.6 Stairways and elevated work platforms shall be designed to carry the antic-
ipated maximum anticipated live load including using the appropriate engi-

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 77


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-6 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 8
SAF-6
Plant Layout, Spacing,
and Access

neering safety factors for such structures. The minimum design for a single-
point load shall be five times the normal anticipated live load, but never less
than 453.6 kilograms.
5.2.7 Stair treads shall be provided with a slip-resistant leading edge.
5.2.8 Stairs shall have landings at intervals not to exceed 5 meters of vertical ele-
vation change.
5.2.9 All stairways and elevated work platforms, wall opening, work platform or
walkway over 1.22 meters in elevation above ground level shall be provid-
ed with appropriately designed railings.
5.2.10 The anchorage of posts and framing members for railings shall be designed
using standard engineering practices and safety factors.
5.2.11 As a minimum the rails system shall withstand a concentrated load of not
less than 90.7 kilograms. applied in any direction except upward at the mid-
point between posts.
5.2.12 The height of handrails above the tread line of a stair or work platform shall
comply with ANSI A1264.1, e.g. for stairs, 1067 millimeters maximum -
864 millimeters minimum height above the top of the forward edge of the
tread; for work platforms, 1.1 meters minimum height.
5.2.13 A mid-rail shall be provided that is centered below the top handrail and the
tread line of a stair or work platform.
5.2.14 The top and mid-rails shall be continuous.
5.2.15 The top handrail shall be free of obstructions and shall otherwise provide a
smooth and continuous handhold at any point.
5.2.16 A toeboard no less than 102 millimeters high shall be provided for elevated
work platforms and walkways. The toeboard shall be made of a substantial
material. The toeboard shall be securely fastened with no more than 6 mil-
limeters clearance above the tread of the elevated work platform or walk-
way
5.3 Ladders
5.3.1 Fixed ladders shall meet the safety requirements of ANSI A14.3 or other
equivalent international or Saudi codes.
5.3.2 The minimum design for a single-point load shall be 453.6 kilograms.
5.3.3 Ladders shall have a cage if they access points 7.5 meters or higher eleva-
tion above ground level. The cage shall be clear of obstructions and shall
otherwise meet ANSI A14.3.
Exception: A cage is not required in situations where safety devices are
conventionally used, i.e. communication towers, tower cranes, exhaust
stacks, and other situations where congestion or frequency of access is a
factor. In such cases, a ladder safety system that prevents the climber from
falling (personal fall arrest system) shall be provided and used. Personal fall

78 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-6

page
5 of 8
SAF-6
Plant Layout, Spacing,
and Access

arrest systems shall meet ANSI Z359.1.


5.3.4 Ladders shall have landings at intervals not to exceed 15 meters of vertical
elevation change, except when a ladder safety climbing system might be
used for such tall structures such as communications towers, then a landing
is required at intervals not to exceed 45 meters.

6. Plant Layout and Spacing


6.1 Application of Spacing Charts
6.1.1 The minimum required distance of separation (spacing) for structures and
equipment are presented in the following Onsite Plant Equipment Spacing
Chart (Figure 1) and the Offsite Spacing Chart (Figure 2).
6.1.2 Spacing for buildings shall meet Directive SAF-3, Plant Buildings. Wellsite
layout and spacing shall meet directive SAF-7, Wellsite Safety.
6.1.3 Spacing for storage tanks and spheres shall meet Directive SAF-8, Storage
Tanks and Vessels. Spacing for transportation pipelines shall meet Directive
SAF-10, Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels, and Transportation Pipelines.
6.1.4 For each facility covered in the charts, the minimum basic spacing is given.
This basic spacing is the required distance to be maintained between a given
facility and other general processing equipment, building or support facili-
ty unless a different value is indicated in the body of the chart.
6.1.5 The basic spacing is not required between equipment in similar services,
such as a pump and its spare, or pumps and compressors and their drivers.

6.2 Rotating Equipment


6.2.1 Gas expansion turbines and hydraulic turbines shall be treated in their spac-
ing similar to compressor or pumps handling flammable fluids.
6.2.2 Air Intake Locations
a) Air intakes are required for a number of items of equipment which are
normally located in or near plants. Included are internal combustion
engines and turbines, air compressors, inert gas generators, forced draft
furnaces, buildings (including substations) containing unclassified elec-
trical equipment, and boilers. These equipment items represent an inter-
nal source of ignition for any flammable vapors which might have been
pulled in with the air, and the potential for internal explosion. For this
reason, the locations of air intakes in relation to adjacent equipment
shall be carefully selected.
b) Factors shall be taken into account including prevailing wind direction,
probable horizontal and vertical dispersion patterns, and the degree of
hazard which would result from contamination of the air. Where air con-
ditioning equipment is utilized for buildings in hydrocarbon processing
or petrochemical plants, additional factors for protection of personnel

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 79


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-6 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 8
SAF-6
Plant Layout, Spacing,
and Access

from hazards or nuisance from toxic or other vapors shall be considered.


For specifications on air intake quality requirements, see Directive
SAF-3, Plant Buildings.
6.2.3 Exhaust Stacks
a) Atmospheric exhausts from steam turbines, combustion gas turbines,
and internal combustion engines shall be located so that they will not
present a hazard to personnel and/or equipment on the same platform or
on adjacent working platforms.
b) The exhaust stack for internal combustion engines shall discharge above
the turbine or engine at a level outside the classified electrical area.
c) Where a turbine or engine is driving a compressor or pump handling
flammable fluid, the pump area shall not be enclosed and shall be freely
ventilated, and the exhaust stack shall be covered by insulation and an
outer jacketing impervious to liquids.
6.3 Portable Gas Cylinders
6.3.1 Portable gas cylinders containing flammable material or inert gases shall be
located at least 7.5 meters from high fire risk equipment such as pumps, gas
compressors, furnaces, and equipment operating over 315 °C.
6.3.2 In all instances, cylinders must be adequately chained or supported to avoid
the possibility of falling or being knocked over.

6.4 Roadways in Plants and Other Facilities


6.4.1 Roadways in plants and facilities should be at least 7 meters wide, with 1.5
meters shoulders on each side. Plant roads shall have the following dis-
tances of separation (spacing):
a) 5 meters from pipeways or onsite equipment with barriers placed
between road and pipeline to prevent vehicle collisions.
b) 7.5 meters from high risk equipment such as pumps handling flamma-
ble materials, compressors handling flammable gases, equipment oper-
ating at over 315 °C, and furnaces.
c) Located outside of hazardous (classified) locations as defined in NFPA
70.
6.4.2 Accessways are paved areas inside the plant that are restricted to use by
maintenance or for fire fighting access. Accessways shall be a minimum of
6 meters wide.
6.4.3 The minimum vertical clearance of obstructions over plant roads shall be
5.5 meters.

6.5 Aviation Obstruction Marking and Lighting


6.5.1 Structures, either temporary or permanent, exceeding an overall height of 60
meters above ground level (AGL) shall be provided with obstruction mark-
ing and lighting in compliance with Federal Aviation Administration

80 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-6

page
7 of 8
SAF-6
Plant Layout, Spacing,
and Access

Circular AC 70/7460-1K.
6.5.2 The overall height includes all appurtenances such as lights, rods, or anten-
nas.

6.6 Security
Figure 1 -- Onsite Plant Equipment Spacing Chart (meters)
Note: This chart gives minimum distances of
separation (spacing) between on-site

Compressor/Pump Drivers with High Skin Temp.


Emergency Valves for Shutoff, Isolation, etc.
Plant Electrical Load Centers or Substations
equipment within the plot-limit of a

Reactors above 315 oC (internally insulated)

Blowdown and Water Disengaging Drums


plant. BASIC SPACING (far left-hand

Pumps Handling Flammable Materials

Exchangers Operating above 315 oC

Onsite Pressure Storage Vessels


column) is the distance to be

Furnaces, Heaters, and Boilers


Critical Electrical Switchracks
Satellite Instrument Buildings

Air Cooled Heat Exchangers


maintained for situations not indicated
in the chart. "A" indicates spacing

Towers and Columns


Gas Compressors
Control Buildings

based on access for operation and


EQUIPMENT

maintenance. The spacing in this table


is for fire separation for structural and,
to a limited amount, liquid fuel pool
fires only. These values are only
minimal distances. This table does not
provide spacing for vapor cloud
explosions, jet fires, flare stack
dispersion, or other hazards to
personnel safety. It is the owner's
responsibility to assess if the spacings
of equipment and buildings are
adequate for the use or process.
Basic
Spacing EQUIPMENT
(meters)
30 Control Buildings A A A A 15 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

15 Satellite Instrument Buildings A A A A 5 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 25 15


Plant Electrical Load Centers or
15 A A A A 7.5 15 A 15 15 15 15 15 15 25 15
Substations
7.5 Critical Electrical Switchracks A A A A A 15 A 7.5 7.5 A 7.5 7.5 7.5 25 25
Emergency Valves for Shutoff,
7.5 15 5 7.5 A A 15 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 25 7.5
Isolation, etc.
15 Furnaces, Heaters, and Boilers 30 15 15 7.5 15 A 7.5 25 15 15 15 7.5 7.5 25 25
Compressor/Pump Drivers with High
10 30 5 A A 7.5 7.5 3 10 10 10 10 7.5 7.5 25 10
Skin Temp.
7.5 Gas Compressors 30 15 15 7.5 7.5 25 10 3 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 25 7.5

3 Pumps Handling Flammable Materials 30 15 15 7.5 7.5 15 10 7.5 1 3 3 7.5 5 25 7.5

3 Air Cooled Heat Exchangers 30 15 15 A 7.5 15 10 7.5 3 A 3 5 5 25 7.5

3 Towers and Columns 30 15 15 7.5 7.5 15 10 7.5 3 3 3 7.5 5 25 7.5

Reactors above 315 oC (internally


7.5 30 15 15 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 5 7.5 1.5 7.5 25 7.5
insulated)
o
5 Exchangers Operating above 315 C 30 15 15 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 5 5 5 7.5 1 25 7.5

25 Onsite Pressure Storage Vessels 30 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 A 25


Blowdown and Water Disengaging
7.5 30 15 15 7.5 7.5 25 10 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 25 A
Drums

Figure 1 – Onsite Plant Equipment Spacing Chart (meters)

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 81


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-6 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
8 of 8
SAF-6
Plant Layout, Spacing,
and Access

KEY:
W: See Fire and Safety Directive on
Pressure Piping and Vessels.
X: Provide separation based on access
for operation and maintenance
Y: As required to maintain safe spacing
based on a risk assessement, other
applicable Saudi Code or Directive, or
Saudi Electric Company Standard (for
Main Overhead Power Lines).
Z: See Fire and Safety Directive on
Storage Tanks and Vessels when
applicable.
Note: This chart gives minimum distances of
separation (spacing) between different

Oil-Water Separators and Skimming Ponds


Boiler Houses, Power Generating Facilities
Atmospheric Storage of High-Flash Stocks
Atmospheric Storage of Low-Flash Stocks

plant areas and types of facilities to

Residential Areas, Main Office Buildings


Major Electrical Distribution Centers

Buildings, Shops, Labs, Firehouses


reduce risk of loss in case of a fire.
BASIC SPACING (far left-hand
Blending and Booster Pumps

Burn Pits and Ground Flares


Main Overhead Power Lines
Major Shipping Pump Areas

Pressure Storage Vessels

column) is the distance to be


Loading Racks for LPG
Major Offsite Pipeways

Elevated Flare Stacks


Fire Training Grounds
Refrigerated Storage

maintained if not indicated in the chart.

Main Fire Pumps


Process Areas

Prop er t y Li ne s
The spacing in this table is for fire
FACILITY

separation for structural and liquid fuel


pool fires only. These values are only
minimal distances. This table does not
provide spacing for vapor cloud
explosions, jet fires, flare stack
dispersion, or other hazards to
personnel safety. It is the owner's
responsibility to assess if the spacings
of equipment and buildings are
adequate for the use or process.

Basic
Spacing FACILITY
(meters)

45 Process Areas 25 45 25 7.5 60 60 60 60 30 45 45 60 60 45 60 45 45 60 150 500

45 Major Shipping Pump Areas 45 X X 7.5 60 60 60 60 30 45 45 60 60 45 60 45 45 60 150 500

25 Blending and Booster Pumps 25 X X 7.5 25 Y Y Y Y 45 45 60 45 45 60 45 25 60 150 500

7.5 Major Offsite Pipeways 7.5 7.5 7.5 Y 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 W 15 7.5 7.5 15 7.5 15 15 500

60 Loading Racks for LPG 60 60 25 7.5 Y 60 60 60 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 45 60 150 500

60 Pressure Storage Vessels 60 60 Y 7.5 60 Z 60 60 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 150 500


Atmospheric Storage of Low-Flash
60 60 60 Y 7.5 60 60 Z Z Z 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 150 500
Stocks
60 Refrigerated Storage 60 60 Y 7.5 60 60 Z Z Z 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 150 500
Atmospheric Storage of High-Flash
30 30 30 Y 7.5 30 30 Z Z Z 30 30 60 30 30 45 30 30 30 150 500
Stocks
Boiler Houses, Power Generating
45 45 45 45 7.5 60 60 60 60 30 X X 60 30 X 45 45 45 60 150 X
Facilities
45 Major Electrical Distribution Centers 45 45 45 7.5 60 60 60 60 30 X X 60 X X X 45 45 60 150 X

60 Main Overhead Power Lines 60 60 60 W 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Y 60 60 Y 60 60 60 150 60

45 Buildings, Shops, Labs, Firehouses 60 60 45 15 60 60 60 60 30 30 X 60 X X X 45 60 60 150 X

45 Main Fire Pumps 45 45 45 7.5 60 60 60 60 30 X X 60 X X X 1.5 45 60 150 X

60 Property Lines 60 60 60 7.5 60 60 60 60 45 45 X Y X X Y 60 60 60 150 Y

45 Fire Training Grounds 45 45 45 15 60 60 60 60 30 45 45 60 45 15 60 Y 45 60 150 X


Oil-Water Separators and Skimming
45 45 45 25 7.5 45 60 60 60 30 45 45 60 60 45 60 45 X 60 150 X
Ponds
60 Elevated Flare Stacks 60 60 60 15 60 60 60 60 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 X 150 Y

150 Burn Pits and Ground Flares 150 150 150 15 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 X Y
Residential Areas, Main Office
500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 X X 60 X X Y X X Y Y X
Buildings

Figure 2 – Offsite Spacing Chart (meters)

82 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-7
Wellsite Safety

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-7
Wellsite Safety
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-7
Wellsite Safety

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 87
1.1 Scope 87
1.2 Application 87
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 87
2 Definitions 79
3 References 90
4 General Requirements 90
4.1 Spacing - Occupied Buildings 90
4.2 Rupture Exposure Radius 91
4.3 Unoccupied Agricultural
Developments 91
4.4 Water and Gas Injection Wells 91
4.5 Well Burn Pits 92
4.6 Additional Drilling Safety
Measures for Populated Areas 92
4.7 Automatic Closure 93
4.8 High-Pressure Gas Wells 93
4.9 Wellhead Equipment 94
4.10 Automated Safety Systems 94
4.11 Suspended Wells 94
4.12 Vehicle Barrier 94
4.13 Fencing in Populated Areas 94
4.14 Indication of Wind Direction 94
4.15 Access to Wellsites 85
Table 1 – Minimum Spacing for
Oil and Gas Wells 91
Table 2 – Minimum Spacing
from Well Burn Pits 92
Figure 1– Example of Wellhead 95

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

86 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-7

page
1 of 9
SAF-7
Wellsite Safety

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for onshore wellsite lay-
out, wellhead protection, access, and flow isolation for all wells including
oil and gas production wells, hydrocarbon injection wells, observation
wells, abandoned wells, suspended wells, and wellsite facilities located
onshore. Water injection, disposal, and supply wells that are open to or pass
through a geological zone and could produce hydrocarbons, are also cov-
ered by this directive.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
Absolute Open Flow (AOF): In general terms, the rate of flow that would be pro-
duced by a well if the only back-pressure at the surface is atmospheric pressure.
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
Choke: An adjustable pressure control valve that is used to control backpressure
on the well. Controlling the backpressure adjusts the production rate of the well.
Drilling Pad: A compacted area of marl located at the well site. The drilling pad is
required to be level for use by drilling and workover rigs.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 87


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-7 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 9
SAF-7
Wellsite Safety

GOSP: A gas-oil separation plant (GOSP) is a plant area where water and gas are
separated from the produced crude oil so that the oil is of suitable quality for ship-
ping through a pipeline to an oil terminal or to a refinery. The gas is sent to gas
plants for further processing.
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
High Pressure (HP) Well: Wells where the shut in wellhead pressure is expected
to exceed 20,700 kPa (gauge) (3000 psig).
kV: Kilovolts (1000 volts)
kPa: Kilopascals
Low Pressure (LP) Well: Wells where the shut in wellhead pressure is not expect-
ed to exceed 20,700 kPa (gauge) (3000 psig).
LFL: Lower flammable limit of a fuel vapor in air mixture. If a vapor/air mixture
is above the LFL, a fire is likely in the presence of an ignition source.
H2S: Hydrogen Sulfide, a colorless toxic gas that is sometimes produced with nat-
ural water, crude oil, and natural gas.
Kick: A flow of reservoir gas, oil or water into the wellbore during drilling opera-
tions. If the drilling fluid (mud) weight is too low, then the hydrostatic pressure
exerted on the formation by the fluid column may be insufficient to hold the for-
mation fluid in the formation. This can happen if the weighted mud density is sud-
denly lightened or is not to specification to begin with, or if a drilled formation has
a higher pressure than anticipated (underbalanced kick). A kick can also be started
by movement of the drillstring or casing in the wellbore, effectively lowering the
pressure in the wellbore below that of the formation (an induced kick).
Major Facility: The outer-most security fence, property line, or other demarcation
of land-use claim of refineries, large gas treatment plants, natural gas liquids
(NGL) plants, larger oil processing facilities, and manufacturing facilities. Gas-oil
separation plants (GOSPs), production, and gathering and pipeline facilities, for the
purpose of this directive, are not included.
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Plant: Facilities used to manufacture, process, store, transport, or transfer hydro-
carbons or other chemical substances.
Population: A grouping of people normally indicated by the existence of build-
ings.
Populated Area: A well is in a populated area if the population density based on
counting occupied buildings exceeds 20 occupied buildings inside the 30 parts per
million rupture exposure radius (RER). In addition, for the purposes of this direc-
tive, a well is in a populated area if a school, hospital, hotel, prison, or retail com-
plex, whether existing or planned, is inside the 30 parts per million RER of that
well. For purposes of this directive transporation right-of-ways such as highways
or railways are not populated areas.

88 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-7

page
3 of 9
SAF-7
Wellsite Safety

ppm: For the purposes of this directive, concentration of hydrogen sulfide in parts
per million in air.
psig: Pounds per square inch gauge
Rupture Exposure Radius (RER):
1) For toxic effects, the rupture exposure radius refers to the horizontal dis-
tance from a leak source to a specified level of hydrogen sulfide (H2S) con-
centration in parts per million (ppm).
2) For a flammable gas or vapor hazard, the rupture exposure radius refers to
the horizontal distance from a leak source to the 1/2 lower flammable limit
(LFL).
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
Surface Safety Valve (SSV): An automated spring-assisted fail-safe valve
installed on a wellhead to automatically shut in flow during an abnormal condition
such as high or low pressure of the flowline. The SSV can be the upper master
valve, a wing valve (upstream of choke), or a production valve (downstream of the
choke).
Suspension Procedure: Wireline or workover rig procedures for securing a stand-
ing well from production on a long-term basis.
Subsurface Safety Valve (SSSV): An automated valve installed below ground
level in the tubing string of an oil or gas well. The SSSV is used to shut in flow
during an abnormal condition. SSSVs, when required, are installed 60 meters or
more below ground level per API RP 14B.
Wellhead: The valve manifold directly at the top of the well bore. The wellhead
consists of several specialized valves including the following (see Figure 1):
a) Crown Valve: Topmost valve of the wellhead. This valve is used for wire-
line and coil tubing access to the well.
b) Lower Master Valve: The first valve on a wellhead. This is not a surface
safety valve (SSV). This vertical valve is used to shut in the well manually.
It provides the first point of isolation for an oil or gas producing well.
c) Upper Master Valve: A second isolation gate valve just above the Lower
Master Valve on a wellhead. This vertical valve is used to shut in the well.
If this is automated, it is considered a surface safety valve (SSV). It provides
the second point of isolation for an oil or gas producing well.
d) Wing Valve: The valve on the side branch of the wellhead, normally locat-
ed immediately upstream of the choke. This horizontal valve is the point
where flow goes from the wellhead to the pipeline which will take the pro-
duced oil to a gas-oil separation plant (GOSP).
Wellsite: A wellsite consists of wellhead(s), associated drilling pad, and a well
flare/burn pit area or areas.
Well Status: Wells that are not flowing oil or gas may be described by the follow-
ing terms:

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 89


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-7 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 9
SAF-7
Wellsite Safety

a) Abandoned Well: A well that is permanently plugged with cement. This


well cannot be produced again.
b) Observation Well: A well drilled to monitor reservoir conditions such as
bottom-hole pressure in the reservoir.
c) Suspended Well: A well that has been shut in on a long term basis with all
productive zones isolated and production shut off on a long-term basis.
d) Standing Well: A well that is shut in awaiting action, such as flowline tie-
in or well perforation, before it can be returned to production.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
API SPEC 6A Wellhead Equipment
API RP 14B American Petroleum Institute Recommend Practice, Design,
Installation, Repair and Operation of Subsurface Safety Valve
Systems

4. General Requirements
4.1 Spacing - Occupied Buildings
4.1.1 Wellsites shall be located away from population such that no occupied
building, compound, shopping complex, office building, major plant facili-
ty, factory, or similar occupied development, whether permanent or tempo-
rary, is within the well's 100 parts per million hydrogen sulfide rupture
exposure radius (100 ppm H2S RER) or 1/2 lower flammable limit (LFL)
RER if well control is lost during drilling or well maintenance workovers.
Exception: Facilities incidental to operating and producing the wells (such
as collection pipelines, distribution headers, separation or storage facilities)
may be within the 100 ppm H2S RER of the well as required.
4.1.2 Spacing from a well shall be measured from the nearest fence or other land
mark.
4.1.3 For industrial, military, and other larger non-residential land claims, deter-
mine the spacing based on the nearest anticipated development within the
confines of the fence during the anticipated period of drilling.

90 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-7

page
5 of 9
SAF-7
Wellsite Safety

Minimum Spacing
Facility from the Wellhead
(in meters)
Pipelines 60
Overhead powerlines for site-related CP, etc.
(≤ 69Kv); site related rectifiers 100
Main overhead powerlines 200
Roadways 100
Divided limited-access expressways 150
Railroads 150
Major electrical distribution centers* 450
Occupied buildings*, major facilities* 450
Non-well flares and burn pits 450
Hospitals*, schools*, similar facilities* 1000
Table 1 – Minimum Spacing for Oil and Gas Wells
* If the H2S RER is greater than the distance stated in this table, use the 100 parts per
million H2S RER for spacing. Section 4.1.1 shall be used for well spacing from
occupied buildings, major facilities, hospitals and schools and similar occupied
facilities. Use the minimum spacing table only if the 100 ppm H2S RER is less.
4.2 Rupture Exposure Radius
4.2.1 The basis for RER calculations shall include all hydrocarbon zones to be
penetrated during drilling of the new well. Flow rates shall be absolute open
flow (AOF) for a gas well or complete unrestricted produced fluid flow rate
for an oil well of the well while being drilled.
4.2.2 RER calculations shall be done with best available computer models avail-
able for dispersion modeling of natural gas and oil releases in air.
4.2.3 The RER calculations shall be done by personnel having experience with
drilling and its potential hazards and having experience in computer disper-
sion modeling. All studies and resulting RERs shall be kept as part of the
owner’s permanent well records.

4.3 Unoccupied Agricultural Developments


Unoccupied buildings and other structures of agricultural developments and
unoccupied farms are allowed to be within the 100 ppm H2S RER but not
within the1/2 LFL RER. The minimum spacing shall be no less than 100
meters.

4.4 Water and Gas Injection Wells


4.4.1 Water gravity injector, power injector, and supply wells that penetrate
hydrocarbon formations shall be located the same as hydrocarbon produc-
ing wells.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 91


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-7 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 9
SAF-7
Wellsite Safety

4.4.2 Water injection and supply wells that do not penetrate hydrocarbon bearing
formations shall have a basic 60 meters minimum spacing requirement from
plant equipment, buildings, etc. Gas injection wells shall use the same loca-
tion criteria as producing gas wells.

4.5 Well Burn Pits


Well burn pits shall be subject to the same spacing from population and
major facilities as well spacing. Minimum spacing shall meet Table 2 below.
Minimum Spacing
Facility from Oil & Gas Well
Burn Pits (in meters)
Wells and well burn pits 60 (All Oil & LP Gas
wells)* 300 (HP Gas Wells)**
Existing wellheads 60 (All Oil & LP Gas Wells)
150 (HP Gas Wells)
Pipelines (above ground) 60
Pipelines (buried) 15
Overhead powerlines (>69 kV) 200
Overhead powerlines for site-related CP, etc.,
(≤ 69Kv); Site related rectifiers 100
Powerlines (buried) 15
Other roadways 100 (All Oil Wells and
LP Gas Well)
200 (HP Gas Wells)
Divided limited-access expressways 450
(Primary highways)
Railroads 200
Population 450
Non-well flares and burn pits 450
Hospitals and schools 1000
Table 2 – Minimum Spacing from Well Burn Pits
* Low Pressure (LP) where the shut in wellhead pressure is not expected to
exceed 20,700 kPa (gauge) (3000 psig).
** High Pressure (HP) where the shut in wellhead pressure is expected to
exceed 20,700 kPa (gauge) (3000 psig).
4.6 Additional Safety Measures for Populated Areas during
Drilling
4.6.1 Wells in a populated area (exceeding 20 occupied buildings inside the 30
ppm RER) shall implement the following additional precautionary mea-
sures in addition to the normal drilling safety program during drilling of
hydrocarbon zones or during well maintenance.

92 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-7

page
7 of 9
SAF-7
Wellsite Safety

4.6.2 The emergency response plan for drilling operations in populated areas shall
include identification of occupied buildings, compounds, shopping com-
plexes, office buildings, manned plant facilities, factories, or similar occu-
pied developments, whether permanent or temporary, within 5 kilometers of
a drilling location. The drilling owner shall acquire the emergency contact
phone numbers for each and create a protocol and means to communicate
with public agencies, to summon offsite assistance, and, if need be, to warn
the occupants of potentially impacted developments. Refer to SAF-20, Pre-
Incident Planning and Management of Emergencies for Details.
4.6.3 Rig-site H2S continuous monitoring systems, making certain the rig site and
remote H2S monitoring systems are installed in adequate numbers and loca-
tions and that they work correctly and measure accurately (if H2S is in the
formation being drilled).
4.6.4 Additional kill-weight drilling fluid (mud) available near the drillsite for
immediate use in an emergency.
4.6.5 Shear rams with capability of cutting the drill pipe shall be in place and
operational on the rig.
4.6.6 On-site coverage 24 hours-a-day by on-site foremen with authority and the
means for immediate ignition of the well without prior management
approval in the event of loss of well control.
4.6.7 Capability of safely incinerating natural gas and handling other fluids in a
controlled way by using equipment designed for such service during a kick.
4.6.8 Under no circumstances shall population or facilities be exposed to over 30
ppm H2S gas concentration for more than 1 hour.
4.6.9 An enhanced emergency contingency response plan that incorporates the
above steps.
4.6.10 For existing wells in populated areas, the special precautions in Section 4.6
shall also be used for well maintenance workovers. Stimulation and wire-
line work on existing wells shall have adequate safety precautions to protect
employees, facilities, and population from harm.

4.7 Automatic Closure


Where wellheads have an automated shut in system, the system shall close
the valves if the wellhead is directly involved in a fire.

4.8 High-Pressure Gas Wells


All high-pressure gas production wellhead installations shall have at least
two automated spring-assisted failsafe surface safety valves (SSVs) or,
alternatively, one subsurface and one surface safety valve with the same fea-
tures. The valves shall be automatically triggered when an abnormally high
or low pressure is sensed in the piping to the well.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 93


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-7 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
8 of 9
SAF-7
Wellsite Safety

4.9 Wellhead Equipment


All wellhead installations shall meet API SPEC 6A and shall have a manu-
al lower master valve.

4.10 Automated Safety Systems


4.10.1 Where a new oil well or low pressure gas well is completed in a populated
area, the wellhead installation shall be provided with an automated shut in
system with surface safety valve (SSV) and subsurface safety valve (SSSV)
to close the well when an abnormally high or low pressure is sensed in the
wellhead piping.
4.10.2 The upper wellhead master valve shall be a spring-assisted fail-safe SSV.
4.10.3 A SSSV, per API RP 14B specification, shall be installed 60 meters or more
below ground level.
4.10.4 For all existing oil wells and low pressure gas wells in populated areas or
where areas become populated due to growth of communities, those wells
shall remain active, but shall require installation of a SSV and SSSV. The
upgrade shall be done only when other needs justify the use of a rig on the
well.
4.10.5 Hydrocarbon injection well flowlines shall each be provided with a check
valve in the wellsite piping.
4.10.6 Observation wells shall be equipped with the same safety devices that
would be required for a producing well.

4.11 Suspended Wells


Suspended wells shall be suspended in accordance with established proce-
dures documented by the owner. Suspension procedures, equipment in the
well and other related records shall be kept as part of the owner’s permanent
well records.

4.12 Vehicle Barrier


All wellheads shall be protected with a barrier to prevent work vehicle
impact.

4.13 Fencing in Populated Areas


Wellsites in populated areas shall be enclosed by a fence that meets Security
Directive SEC-2 Fencing. For other producing related facilities, the owners
shall ensure that they provide an adequate level of security measures to pro-
tect their facilities by applying the requirements of SEC-1 and other securi-
ty directives issued by the HCIS.

4.14 Indication of Wind Direction


A wind sock pole shall be permanently installed at each hydrocarbon pro-
duction or injection wellsite in populated areas.

94 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-7

page
9 of 9
SAF-7
Wellsite Safety

4.15 Access to Wellsites


Two accessways shall be available to each wellsite.

Quick Union Tree Cap

Swab or Crown
Valve

Wing Valve

Upper Master Valve as


Hydraulic Actuated SSV

Lower Master Valve

Figure 1 – Example of Wellhead


Figure 1 – Example of Wellhead

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 95


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-8
Storage Tanks and Storage Vessels

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-8
Storage Tanks and Storage Vessels
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-8
Storage Tanks and
Storage Vessels

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 101
1.1 Scope 101
1.2 Application 101
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 101
2 Definitions 101
3 References 102
4 General Requirements 103
4.1 Design and Layout 103
4.2 Overpressure and Vacuum Protection 104
4.3 Overfill Protection 104
4.4 Dikes and Remote Impoundment 104
4.5 Flammable Liquid Storage 106
4.6 Nonflammable Liquid Storage 106
4.7 Low Pressure Storage 106
4.8 Tank Cleaning Procedures 106
4.9 Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) 107
4.10 Lightning and Static Ignition
Protection 108
4.11 Access and Egress 108
4.12 Fire Protection 108
4.13 Structural Fireproofing 108
Table 1 – Maximum Number of Tanks
in Dike and Minimum Diking Capacity 105

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

100 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-8

page
1 of 9
SAF-8
Storage Tanks and
Storage Vessels

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for safety in design of
atmospheric and low-pressure storage tanks, spheres, spheroids, and cylin-
drical vessels that are used to handle or store combustible and flammable
substances, including facilities that handle compressed or liquefied gases or
natural gas liquids stored in dome roof refrigerated tanks.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
ASME: American Society of Mechanical Engineers, ASME International,
Website: http://www.asme.org/
Asphalt: Highly viscous residual mixture of paraffinic, aromatic, and heterocyclic
hydrocarbons obtained in petroleum refining. For purposes of this directive, the
significant feature of asphalt is that, when heated in its usual cut-back state, it is
considered to be a flammable liquid.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 101


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-8 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 9
SAF-8
Storage Tanks and
Storage Vessels

Catch Basin: A low-point drain with an integral sediment trap and outlet liquid
seal for the collection of spilled product or water.
Combustible Liquid: A liquid that has a flash point greater than 54 °C (130 °F).
Examples are fluids such as diesel, C7+ feed stocks, bunker fuel, and sulfur.
Flammable Liquid: A liquid that has a flash point equal to or less than 54 °C
(130 °F). Examples are fluids such as stabilized crude, gasoline, C6 and lighter
feed and blending stocks, and methanol. For purposes of this directive, a com-
bustible liquid stored or processed at a temperature equal to or higher than 8 °C (15
°F) below its flash point shall be considered to be a flammable liquid.
Flash Point: The minimum temperature of a liquid at which sufficient vapor is
given off to form an ignitable mixture with the air, near the surface of the liquid or
within the vessel used.
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
Hot Oil: A flammable or combustible liquid stored at a temperature equal to or
greater than 90 °C (195 °F). Examples are fluids such as the storage of hot diesel
or fuel oils for a hot belt tank heating system, emulsion breaking, or viscosity
reduction of heater fuels.
kPa: kilopascals
Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG): Liquefied petroleum gas is a light liquid hydro-
carbon consisting most commonly as a mixture of propane and butane.
Molten Sulfur: Sulfur in the liquid state (119 ˚C to 154 ˚C) produced as a by-prod-
uct of petroleum production/refining. For the purposes of this directive, molten sul-
fur is treated as a combustible liquid.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
psig: Pound per square inch gauge
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
True Vapor Pressure (TVP): the pressure exerted by a liquid by a standardized
test method for vapor pressure of petroleum products (see NFPA 30).
UL: Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Website: http://www.ul.com/

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
ANSI Z117.1 Safety Requirements for Confined Spaces
API BULL E2 Bulletin on Management of Naturally Occurring Radioactive
Materials (NORM) in Oil & Gas Production
API SPEC 12P Specification for Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Tanks

102 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-8

page
3 of 9
SAF-8
Storage Tanks and
Storage Vessels

API STD 607 Fire Test for Soft-Seated Quarter Turn Valves
API SPEC 6FA Specification for Fire Test for Valves

API STD 620 Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-Pressure


Storage Tanks
API STD 650 Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage
API STD 2000 Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks (Non-
refrigerated and Refrigerated)
API RP 2003 Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, Lightning,
and Stray Currents
API RP 2015 Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage Tanks,
Planning and Managing Tank Entry from Decommissioning
Through Recommissioning
API RP 2016 Guidelines and Procedures for Entering and Cleaning Petro-
leum Storage Tanks
API RP 2350 Overfill Protection for Storage Tanks in Petroleum Facilities
API STD 2510 Design and Construction of LP-Gas Installations at Marine
and Pipeline Terminals, Natural Gas Processing Plants,
Refineries, and Tank Farms
API PUB 2510A Fire Protection Considerations for the Design and Operation
of Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) Storage Facilities
ASME SEC VIII D1 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Rules for Construction of
Pres-sure Vessels
NFPA 11 Low, Medium, and High-Expansion Foam
NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
NFPA 58 Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code
NFPA 59 Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases at
Utility Gas Plants
NFPA 59A Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)
UL 1316 Standard for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Plastic Underground
Storage Tanks for Petroleum Products, Alcohols, and
Alcohol-Gasoline Mixtures

4. General Requirements
4.1 Design and Layout
4.1.1 Design and construction of storage tank and vessels and their related facili-
ties shall be consistent with accepted international industry standards
including, but not limited to, those referenced in this document and supple-
mented with best known engineering practices by personnel having experi-
ence with the equipment and its potential hazards.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 103


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-8 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 9
SAF-8
Storage Tanks and
Storage Vessels

4.1.2 The owner’s design engineer shall select the applicable International
Industry Codes and Standards.
4.1.3 For storage tanks over 3000 liters in volume, design, construction, spacing,
drainage, and operations shall follow the best available practices for all
aspects of tank, sphere, and spheroid design. Spacing between tanks and use
of containment dikes or remote impounding to provide safe storage and han-
dling of combustible and flammable liquids shall also meet NFPA 30 unless
otherwise stated in this directive.
4.1.4 Small aboveground, vertical, cylindrical, fiberglass reinforced plastic tanks
to be used for the storage of petroleum products, alcohol-gasoline mixtures,
or corrosive chemicals shall be designed to meet API SPEC 12P.
4.1.5 Underground fiberglass reinforced plastic tanks to be used for the storage of
petroleum products shall be designed to meet UL 1316.
4.1.6 Aboveground nonmetal vessels and tanks shall be located far enough away
from any critical piping or equipment to ensure that these tanks and any
associated loading equipment or tank trucks, will not pose a hazard to other
facilities.
4.1.7 Firefighting equipment and emergency procedures that are consistent with
the type of chemical or other liquid being stored or processed shall be pro-
vided at each installation.

4.2 Overpressure and Vacuum Protection


4.2.1 Tanks and vessels shall be adequately vented or provided with properly
sized pressure/vacuum relief valves to prevent overpressure of or collapsing
of the tank or vessel when filling or emptying or because of atmospheric
temperature changes.
4.2.2 Venting and pressure/vacuum relief systems shall meet API STD 2000.
4.2.3 Tanks and vessels shall not be operated above their rated design pressure.

4.3 Overfill Protection


Overfill protection shall meet API RP 2350. An independent high-high level
alarm/signal system shall be installed on all tanks, spheres, and vessels to
provide notification of a potential overfill condition.

4.4 Dikes and Remote Impoundment


4.4.1 A dike or remote impoundment shall be provided for containment of poten-
tial spills from hydrocarbon and chemical tanks with capacity over 3000
liters.
a) The number of tanks in a diked area and the minimum capacity of the
diked area or remote impoundment area shall be in accordance with
Table 1.

104 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-8

page
5 of 9
SAF-8
Storage Tanks and
Storage Vessels

Table 1 – Maximum Number of Tanks in Dike and Minimum Diking Capacity

Maximum Number of Tanks in Allowed


in a Common Diked Area
Service of Tanks One Two Three or More
Flammable Liquid 100% 100% of larger tank 100% of largest tank
Crude or
Other Boil-Over Liquid 75% 100% of larger tank Not Permitted

Hot Oil, Asphalt, Slops 75% Not Permitted Not Permitted


Flashing Liquid 100% 100% of larger tank Not Permitted
Combustible Liquid 25% 50% of larger tank 75% of largest tank

Table 1 – Maximum Number of Tanks in Dike and


Minimum Diking Capacity
b) Tanks using a common dike shall be located in not more than two rows
in any direction to allow easy access for fire-fighting vehicles and
equipment. There shall be not more than four (4) tanks in a common
dike.
c) Each diked area containing two or more tanks shall be subdivided by
drainage channels or intermediate dikes. The top elevation of any inter-
mediate dike wall shall be at least 300 millimeters below the top of the
primary dike.
d) Drainage systems shall be provided to take product and fire protection
water to a safe location. Drains should extend through intermediate
dikes, be of sufficient size, and be controlled with drain valves.
e) For tanks that are not within a secured plant perimeter, either a vehicle
guard barrier shall be installed or the dike wall shall be a minimum of
1 meter in height.
f) No building, shelter, pump facility, firefighting equipment, fire hydrant,
or other important facility shall be within the dike or impoundment area.
g) The separation distance from an impoundment area or dike wall to a
building shall be no less than that shown in NFPA 30.
h) The minimum spacing from a tank to any property line shall meet NFPA
30. To permit access, the outside base of any dike at ground level shall
be no closer than 3 meters to any property line.
4.4.2 Industrial drainage systems that drain combustible or flammable liquids
shall not be connected to public sewers or sanitary sewers.
4.4.3 Storage tank spacing to the property line, important buildings, and other
storage tanks shall meet or exceed the minimum spacing requirements of
NFPA 30.
4.4.4 A diked area shall contain only that piping that is directly associated with
tanks permitted within that diked area.
4.4.5 Dike walls shall be of steel, concrete, solid reinforced masonry, or other
appropriate civil design that is liquid tight and able to withstand a full
hydrostatic head. Dike walls shall not exceed 1.8 meters above interior

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 105


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-8 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 9
SAF-8
Storage Tanks and
Storage Vessels

grade unless provisions for access to tanks, valves, and safe egress are
provided according to NFPA 30.
4.4.6 Access for firefighting vehicles shall be provided to and around the perime-
ters of diked areas. Access roads shall not be less than 6.1 meters in width.
4.4.7 Fire department connections shall be located outside the remote impound-
ment areas, diked areas, or spillways draining to a remote impoundment
area.
4.4.8 Inside a dike containment area, a slope of not less than 1 percent shall be
provided away from a storage tank for at least 15 meters or to the dike base,
whichever is less.
4.4.9 Drainage inside the dikes shall prevent accumulation of any liquid under
piping. Drainage of dike containment areas shall be accomplished by a fire-
sealed catch basin. Valves shall be provided for the associated drain system
piping outside the dike wall.

4.5 Flammable Liquid Storage


Aboveground atmospheric vertical cylindrical storage tanks, whether with
external (open-top) or internal (closed top) floating roof, shall be used for
flammable liquid service over 190 cubic meters. Floating roof tanks shall be
designed and constructed to meet API STD 650.

4.6 Nonflammable Liquid Storage


4.6.1 Atmospheric vertical fixed roof tanks may be used where floating roof tanks
are not required (for nonflammable liquids and liquids that are within the
combustible range, but not flammable – see definitions above).
4.6.2 Fixed roof tanks shall be designed and constructed to meet either API STD
650 or API STD 620, depending on the service.
4.6.3 Fixed roof tanks for internal design pressures exceeding 17 kPa (gauge) (2.5
psig) through 103 kPa (gauge) (15 psig) shall be designed to meet API STD
620.
4.6.4 The owner’s design engineer shall select the governing standard.

4.7 Low Pressure Storage


4.7.1 Spheres, spheroids, or cylindrical vessels shall be used to store flammable
materials at pressures in excess of 69 kPa(gauge) (10 psig).
4.7.2 Spheres, spheroids, and cylindrical vessels shall be designed and construct-
ed to meet ASME SEC VIII D1.

4.8 Tank Cleaning Procedures


4.8.1 Procedures for internal cleaning of tanks and vessels shall meet API STD
2015, API RP 2016, and the safety requirements of ANSI Z117.1. See SAF-
13, Work Permits, for further information on safety permit procedures for
tank cleaning.

106 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-8

page
7 of 9
SAF-8
Storage Tanks and
Storage Vessels

4.8.2 A written tank/vessel procedure with specified controls shall be developed.


4.8.3 All potential hazards shall be identified and resolved through the use of
work safeguards against those hazards. The conditions shall be documented
as part of the work permit process.
4.8.4 Qualified persons shall supervise and perform the decommissioning, test-
ing, permit issuance, entry, cleaning work, rescue, and recommissioning
activities.
4.8.5 The tank shall be emptied of all recoverable products without opening the
tank openings (manholes).
4.8.6 All energy sources shall be isolated and securely locked in the de-energized
position prior to entry. If the tank has a cathodic protection system, it shall
be turned off and disconnected prior to the start of cleaning operations.
4.8.7 The non-recoverable product including sludge and residue that remains in
the nozzles and other connections shall be removed using procedures estab-
lished by the employer for that specific tank (see API 2016 for guidance
regarding specific procedures).
4.8.8 All lines connected to the tank shall be either disconnected by removal of
the piping; or isolate the piping with full pressure-rated blanks between the
flanges using two gaskets and fully engaged bolts or stud bolts in all flange
bolt-holes; or, when the first two options are not possible, use double block
and bleed procedures. Note that if the tank has cathodic protection, follow
safe isolation practices (refer to API 2003) in the order shown:
1) Turn off the cathodic protection system.
2) Install a bond wire from the tank to the lines
3) Disconnect and remove the valve or line.
4) Remove the bond wire only after the valve or pipe is disconnected.
4.8.9 There may be special hazards to plan for when cleaning tanks.
a) If the tank has held sour crude, special procedures shall be written and
implemented to prevent fire due to oxidation of the scale or sludge.
Entry supervisors shall assure that workers follow the applicable safety
procedures for potential exposure to hydrogen sulfide.
b) Naturally occurring radioactive materials (NORM) may be present in
crude oil sludge or residue, whether sweet or sour. A qualified safety
professional shall determine the procedure and appropriate protective
equipment needed, depending on concentration and amount of exposure
to NORM. (See API BULL E2 for additional information.)
4.9 Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)
4.9.1 Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) facilities shall meet the design, construc-
tion, spacing, and fire protection requirements of API STD 2510, NFPA 58,
59, or 59A depending on scope and applicability.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 107


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-8 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
8 of 9
SAF-8
Storage Tanks and
Storage Vessels

4.9.2 Drainage shall be away from any elevated sphere with high points beneath
the center of the sphere.
4.9.3 All vessel nozzles shall have isolation (shutoff) valves except for vessel
nozzles containing a pressure safety relief valve, a plug, a thermometer, or
a thermal well, according to the requirements of API 2510. Isolation valves
shall be located as close to the tank as is practical.
4.9.4 When the capacity of a vessel exceeds 38 cubic meters, all shutoff valves on
inlet and outlet piping located below the maximum liquid level shall either
close automatically or be remotely operable during the first 15 minutes of
fire exposure according to API 2510. Unless electrical, instrument, actua-
tors, and control systems are fail-safe, these components shall be either
inherently fireproof or to be fireproofed using an external fireproofing sys-
tem.
4.9.5 Isolation (shutoff) valves shall be capable of maintaining an adequate seal
under fire conditions i.e. comply with API 607 or Specification 6FA or sim-
ilar fire test.

4.10 Lightning and Static Ignition Protection


Protection against ignitions arising out of static, lightning, and stray cur-
rents shall meet API RP 2003.

4.11 Access and Egress


Roadways, access ramps, and stairways for operations and firefighting
access shall be provided per NFPA 30 and the applicable SAF-6, Plant
Layout, Spacing and Access.

4.12 Fire Protection


4.12.1 Fire protection systems shall meet NFPA 30, API PUB 2510A, and the
applicable requirements of SAF-4, Fire Protection Systems.
4.12.2 All tanks with open-top floating roofs, regardless of diameter, should have
a foam dam installed around the seal rim on the roof to facilitate extin-
guishment of a seal fire with foam agent to meet NFPA 11. Height of the
firefighting foam dam shall be not less than 600 millimetes (24 inches) and
shall extend at least 50 millimetes (2 inches) above the highest seal.
Exception: A foam dam is not required where foam is discharged below a
metal weather shield. See NFPA 11 for more details.
4.12.3 The extent of fixed fire protection required for tank storage facilities shall
be determined by an engineering evaluation of the installation. The evalua-
tion shall take into account the proximity of population and other occupan-
cies near the site, the fire potential of the facility, and the availability of fire
trucks and other mutual aid response.

4.13 Structural Fireproofing


Fireproofing shall meet SAF-9, Fireproofing in Plants.

108 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-9
Fireproofing in Plants

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-9
Fireproofing in Plants
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-9
Fireproofing in Plants

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 113
1.1 Scope 113
1.2 Application 113
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 113

2 Definitions 113

3 References 114

4 General Requirements 114

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

112 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-9

page
1 of 3
SAF-9
Fireproofing in Plants

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for design and installa-
tion of fireproofing to protect petroleum and petrochemical plant equipment
and support structures from potential fires.

1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations


Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.
2. Definitions
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
Fireproofing: A system that provides a reasonable degree of fire resistance to
equipment and support structures.
Fire-Scenario Envelope: A three-dimensional space into which fire-potential
equipment can release flammable or combustible fluids capable of burning long
enough and with enough intensity to cause substantial property damage. See API
PUB 2218 for more details.
Combustible Liquid: A liquid that has a flash point greater than 54°C (130°F).
Examples are fluids such as diesel, C7+ feed stocks, bunker fuel, and sulfur.
Flammable Liquid: A liquid that has a flash point equal to or less than 54°C
(130 °F). Examples would be fluids such as stabilized crude, gasoline, C6 and

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 113


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-9 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 3
SAF-9
Fireproofing in Plants

lighter feed and blending stocks, and methanol. For purposes of this directive, a
combustible liquid stored or processed at a temperature equal to or higher than 8
°C (15 °F) below its flash point shall be considered to be a flammable liquid.
FM: FM Global (Factory Mutual), Website: http://www.fmglobal.com/
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
Listed: Equipment, materials, or services that meet appropriate designated stan-
dards or have been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose. FM and UL
are two internationally-recognized organizations with listings of equipment, mate-
rials, and services.
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Plant: Facilities used to manufacture, process, store, transport, or transfer hydro-
carbons or other substances.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
UL: Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Website: http://www.ul.com/

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
API PUB 2218 Fireproofing Practices in Petroleum and Petrochemical
Processing Plants
API RP 2001 Fire Protection in Refineries

4. General Requirements
4.1 Fireproofing in plants shall be provided according to API RP 2001. The pur-
pose of fireproofing is to permit the emergency shutdown of a unit or plant,
restrict the addition of fuel to the fire, and protect personnel and equipment
from the effects of equipment or support failure during a fire.
4.1.1 Fireproofing design and application shall be based on an analysis of poten-
tial fire scenarios per API Publication 2218.
4.1.2 Fireproofing is required on the supports of all vessels, piping, and other
major equipment located in fire-scenario envelopes where support failure
could result in physical damage to other equipment, vessels, or tanks that
contain and could release flammable, combustible, or toxic materials.
4.1.3 The skirt supporting a tower or vertical vessel shall be fireproofed on the
inside and outside surfaces.
Exception: Fireproofing of the inside of a vessel skirt is not required if the
vessel skirt is provided with only one access opening less than 500 mil-
limeters in diameter and no more than one pipe penetration.

114 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-9

page
3 of 3
SAF-9
Fireproofing in Plants

4.2 The need for additional fireproofing above and beyond API Publication
2218 shall be determined by the owner and with input from the process
licensor.
4.3 Application of intumescent mastics or other proprietary fireproofing shall
be performed only by personnel trained and certified by the material manu-
facturer.
4.4 Proprietary fireproofing systems shall be listed for their purpose. Dense
concrete is not considered proprietary fireproofing.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 115


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels, and
Transportation Pipelines

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels, and
Transportation Pipelines
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 123
1.1 Scope 123

1.2 Application 123

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 123


2 Definitions 123
3 References 125
4 Pressure Piping 126
5 Pressure Vessels 128
6 Transportation Pipelines 128
6.1 Application 128

6.2 Burial of Pipelines 128

6.3 Grade 129

6.4 Spacing from Selected Occupancies 129

6.5 Operating Pressure 129

6.6 Corridors 129

6.7 Location Class 131

6.8 Isolation Valves 133

6.9 Pipeline Markers 134

6.10 Overhead High Voltage Powerlines 134

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

120 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
6.11 Buried Electrical Cable Crossings 135

6.12 Overhead Communications


Cable Crossing 135

6.13 Buried Communications


Cable Crossings 135

6.14 Corrosion Protection 136

6.15 Pipeline Repair 136

6.16 Abandonment of Pipelines 136

6.17 Offshore Pipelines 136

6.18 Security 136

6.19 Basic Spacings 137

Table 1 – Pipeline RER Summary,


Low TVP Liquid 132

Table 2 – Pipeline RER Summary,


High TVP Liquid or Gas 132

Table 3 – Design Factor for Pipelines 132

Table 4 – Sectionalizing Valve Spacing 133

Figure 1 – Emergency Isolation Valve


Placement 133

Table 5 – Minimum Horizontal Spacing


Between Pipeline and Parallel
Overhead Powerline 134

Table 6 – Basic Spacings for


Transportation Pipelines 137

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 121


122 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-10

page
1 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels, and
Transportation Pipelines

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for safety in design of
pressure piping within the scope of ASME Codes B31.1, B31.3, B31.4 or
B31.8, pressure vessels and other process equipment that operate above an
internal pressure of 103 kPa (gauge) (15 psig) and that are commonly used
to transport, use, produce, process, or store flammable, toxic, or explosive
substances in such quantities that there is ample potential for serious injury
to persons within and outside the workplace.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
ANSI: American National Standards Institute, Website: http://www.ansi.org/
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
ASME: American Society of Mechanical Engineers, ASME International,
Website: http://www.asme.org/
Corridor: A pipeline corridor is an exclusive land use area for pipeline-related
activities.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 123


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-10 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

Emergency Isolation Valve (EIV): Emergency isolation valves are stop flow
valves that are installed in a pipeline to isolate the pipeline during an emergency
such as a leak or fire. These valves are strategically located to help protect the safe-
ty of populated areas.
Fail-Safe Design: A control design where, if a system component breaks or if there
are faults, errors, or power outages that would compromise safe operation, the con-
trol is designed to return the system to a predetermined safe state.
Flowlines: Pipelines connected to oil, gas or water wells for production.
Km: Kilometer (one thousand meters)
kPa: Kilopascals
kV: Kilovolts (one thousand volts)
IEEE: The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., Website:
http://www.ieee.org/
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
Location Class: The geographic area along a transportation pipeline classified
according to the number and proximity of buildings intended for human occupan-
cy and other characteristics that are considered when prescribing design factors for
construction.
NACE: National Association of Corrosion Engineers, Website: http://www.nace.-
org/
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Plant: Facilities used to manufacture, process, store, transport, or transfer hydro-
carbons or other chemical substances.
Plant Utility Service: A supply of steam, water, air, nitrogen, or other noncom-
bustible material that is not a feed stock of the processing or manufacturing plant.
Primary Highway: A controlled-access highway designated as “Primary” by the
Ministry of Transportation. A Primary highway connects urban areas of 100,000
persons or more, connects multiple regions, and serves international connections.
psig: Pound per square inch gauge
Power Piping: Pressure piping which is designed in accordance with ASME
B31.1. This piping is typically found in power and steam generation plants.
Process Piping: Pressure piping which is designed in accordance with ASME
B31.3. This piping is typically found in petroleum refineries, chemical plants, cryo-
genic plants, and related processing plants and terminals.
Rupture Exposure Radius (RER): For toxic effects, the rupture exposure radius
refers to the horizontal distance from a leak source to a 100 parts per million (ppm)
level of hydrogen sulfide (H2S) concentration. For a flammable gas hazard, the
rupture exposure radius refers to the horizontal distance from a leak source to the
1/2 lower flammable limit (LFL). For the purposes of this directive, the RER is the

124 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-10

page
3 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

downwind dispersion distance at ground level of a full bore rupture to the limit of
100 parts per million H2S or 1/2 the LFL of the released fluid, whichever distance
is greater. The RER is not a population exclusion zone. Rather, buildings within the
RER are counted to determine the Location Class. Location Class is used to justi-
fy an increase in pipeline design safeguards such as increasing piping wall thick-
ness and installing additional isolation valves.
Right-of-Way: A legal right of passage through another person’s land for a road, a
railroad, or a utility such as a power, water, or communications.
Secondary Highway: A highway designated as “Secondary” by the Ministry of
Transportation. A Secondary highway may or may not have controlled-access, con-
nects urban areas of 50,000 persons or more, connects two regions, and may or may
not serve international connections.
Sectionalizing Valve: Sectionalizing valves are stop flow valves that are installed
to divide a pipeline into shorter sections. They are also installed upstream and
downstream of environmentally sensitive areas. These valves are provided at spe-
cific intervals along the entire pipeline.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
Trunklines: A pipeline to which two or more production flowlines are connected.
Normally used upstream of a gas-oil separation plant (GOSP) or a gas plant to col-
lect produced crude oil and natural gas from production wells.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
ANSI NB-23 National Board Inspection Code
API STD 510 Pressure Vessel Inspection Code: Maintenance, Inspection,
Rating, and Alteration
API RP 520 Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving
Devices in Refineries
APR RP 521 Guide for Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring Systems
API RP 1102 Liquid Petroleum Pipeline Crossing Railroads and Highways
API RP 1107 Pipeline Maintenance Welding Practices
API RP 1109 Marking Liquid Petroleum Pipeline Facilities
API RP 1111 Design, Construction, Operation and Maintenance of
Offshore Hydrocarbon Pipelines
API RP 2015 Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage Tanks,
Planning and Managing Tank Entry from Decommissioning
Through Recommissioning
API RP 2200 Repairing Crude Oil, Liquefied Petroleum Gas, and Product
Pipelines

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 125


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-10 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

API RP 2201 Safe Hot Tapping Practices in the Petroleum and Petrochem-
ical Industry
ASME B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Code
ASME B31.1 Power Piping Code
ASME B31.3 Process Piping Code
ASME B31.4 Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid Hydrocarbons and
Other Liquids
ASME B31.8 Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems
ASME SEC VIII D1 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Rules for Construction of
Pressure Vessels
ASME SEC VIII D2 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Rules for Construction of
Pressure Vessels, Alternative Design
IEEE 80 Guide for Safety in Alternating-Current Substation Grounding
NACE RP0169 Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged
Metallic Piping Systems
NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code

4. Pressure Piping
4.1 Design and construction of facilities shall be consistent with internationally
recognized and accepted industry standards including, but not limited to,
those referenced in this document and supplemented with best known engi-
neering practices by personnel having experience with the equipment and its
potential hazards. The owner’s engineer shall select the best applicable
international industry codes and standards.
4.2 Except for those excluded by the ASME B31 Codes, all pressure piping sys-
tems shall be designed, constructed and inspected to the latest edition of the
applicable ASME B31.1, ASME B31.3, ASME B31.4 and ASME B31.8
Codes for pressure piping.
4.3 The following piping systems are designated as Power Piping and shall
comply with ASME B31.1:
4.3.1 Steam power generation plants.
4.3.2 Co-generation plants.
4.3.3 Steam generating plants.
4.4 Piping systems within the following facilities shall be designated as Process
Piping and shall comply with ASME B31.3:
4.4.1 Refineries and petrochemical plants.
4.4.2 Gas-oil separation plants (GOSP).
4.4.3 Gas plants and NGL (natural gas liquids) plants.
4.4.4 Piping systems on offshore platforms.
4.4.5 Pump stations within a process facility.

126 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-10

page
5 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

4.4.6 Pipeways or corridors within a process facility.


4.4.7 Steam generating facilities within petroleum refineries, chemical plants,
cryogenic plants, and related processing plants.
4.5 The following piping systems, in liquid service, are designated as trans-
portation piping and shall meet ASME B31.4:
4.5.1 Cross-country pipelines in liquid service within the scope of ASME B31.4.
4.5.2 Flowlines, testlines and trunklines in crude oil gathering service.
4.5.3 Water injection pipelines, headers and laterals.
4.5.4 Transportation pipelines in natural gas liquid (NGL) service.
4.5.5 Water transportation pipelines.
4.5.6 Pump stations for cross-country pipelines not within petroleum refineries,
chemical plants, cryogenic plants, and related processing plants.
4.5.7 Terminals for transporting and shipping crude oil and its derivatives.
4.5.8 Bulk plants.
4.5.9 Tank farms not within a facility designated as process piping
4.5.10 Air fueling terminals.
4.5.11 For liquid transportation pipelines covered in Section 4.5, in addition to the
design requirements of ASME B31.4, Location Class shall be applied in
determination of the design factor and emergency isolation valve placement
as specified in Sections 6.6 and 6.7 of this directive, below.
4.6 The following piping systems, in gas service, shall be designated as trans-
portation piping systems and shall meet ASME B31.8:
4.6.1 Transportation pipelines in gas service within the scope of ASME B31.8.
4.6.2 Flowlines, testlines and trunklines in gas gathering service.
4.6.3 Gas compression stations in a dedicated facility that is not within the plot
limit of a process piping facility.
4.6.4 For gas transportation pipelines covered in Section 4.6, in modification to
the design requirements of ASME B31.8, Location Class and emergency
isolation valve placement shall be applied as specified in Sections 6.6 and
6.7, below.
4.7 Pre-fabricated skid mounted piping, such as metering skids, shall follow the
applicable code selected for the facilities to which it will be installed.
4.8 The facings of flanges shall be specified as raised face or ring-type joint.
Flat face flanges may be used in only utility services. Pipe flanges and
flanged fittings shall meet ASME B16.5.
4.9 Gaskets shall be nonasbestos, chemically resistant, and mechanically suit-
able for the service.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 127


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-10 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

5. Pressure Vessels
5.1 Pressure vessels, including unfired steam drums, shall be mechanically
designed to meet ASME SEC VIII D1 or, when applicable, ASME SEC VIII
D2. The owner’s Engineer shall select the best applicable Code.
5.2 Overpressure protection, emergency isolation, and depressuring systems
shall be designed to meet API RP 520 and API RP 521 and the HCIS Fire
and Safety Directive 11, Emergency Shutdown, Isolation, and De-pressuring.
5.3 The owner shall assure all inspection efforts are performed by qualified per-
sonnel and all procedures comply with relevant requirements of applicable
ASME and API Codes. Vessel repair procedures shall meet API STD 510
and ANSI NB-23.
5.4 The location, quantity, and size of manways shall be adequate to ensure that
all interior areas of pressure vessels are accessible. Manway covers shall be
hinged or provided with handling davits or other safe means of handling the
cover.
5.5 Pressure vessels shall not be operated above the rated design pressure.
5.6 Procedures for internal cleaning of vessels shall meet API STD 2015.
5.7 Fire protection systems shall meet NFPA 30 and the applicable requirements
of the HCIS Fire and Safety Directive 3, Fire Protection Systems.
5.8 Fireproofing shall meet the HCIS Fire and Safety Directive 8, Fireproofing
in Plants.

6. Transportation Pipelines
6.1 Application
This section covers additional safety considerations for design, construc-
tion, operation, and maintenance of all onshore pipelines for the transporta-
tion of petroleum (crude oil and liquid products) and gas (natural gas and
gaseous petroleum products) that are within the scope of ASME B31.4 and
B31.8 (see 4.5 and 4.6, above). This section does not apply to in-plant pip-
ing, that is, piping within the physical boundaries of a process piping facil-
ity.

6.2 Burial of Pipelines


Burial of transportation pipelines shall meet the cover requirements for
pipelines per ASME B31.4 and B31.8. In general terms, the burial of cross-
country transportation pipelines shall not be less than 0.9 meter for indus-
trial, commercial, residential areas, railroad and road crossings, and not less
than 0.6 meter for other less developed locations. Refer to Section 6.6 and
the referenced codes for more details.
Exception 1: Burial depths may be less if there are engineering considera-

128 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-10

page
7 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

tions which justify exceptions to these requirements, such as unstable or


rocky soil conditions or corrosive environments. Alternative installation
methods may be considered with less cover if additional protection is pro-
vided to withstand anticipated external load, and to minimize damage to the
pipe by external forces.
Exception 2: Within areas reserved exclusively for crude oil and gas pro-
duction: flowlines, trunklines, test lines, gas injection lines, and dry gas lift
lines are not required to be buried.
Exception 3: Within dedicated pipeways adjacent to petroleum or petro-
chemical process facilities.

6.3 Grade
Pipelines of all sizes transporting combustible liquids and that are located
500 meters or less from industrial, commercial, or residential structures,
roads, bridges, flyovers, or other structures shall be graded and bermed to
drain any spillage away from the pipeline itself and from those structures.

6.4 Spacing from Selected Occupancies


Pipelines having a diameter greater than 610 millimeters (24 inches) shall
not be permitted within 1000 meters of a hospital, school, university, prison,
shopping mall, wedding hall, or sports arena.

6.5 Operating Pressure


Pipelines shall not be operated above their rated design pressure. Surge
analysis shall be done for pipelines transporting liquids. Surge protection
systems shall be installed if surge pressures are calculated to exceed 110%
of the maximum allowable operating pressure. Surge protection systems
shall be of fail-safe design.

6.6 Corridors
6.6.1 A pipeline corridor constitutes an exclusive land use area for pipeline relat-
ed activities; no other uses are allowed except as addressed herein and
where utilities incidental to pipeline operation such as communications,
data acquisition, and control facilities, metering, cathodic protection facili-
ties, control valve related facilities, pressure reduction stations, and service
roads are required.
6.6.2 Where a pipeline will cross the right-of-way belonging to others, approval
shall be obtained from the concerned authorities before any development
takes place.
6.6.3 Pipelines shall be placed in designated corridors that are a minimum of
60 meters wide (designated corridors may be much wider depending on the
situation). The minimum clear space between any pipeline and the corridor
boundary shall be 30 meters.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 129


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-10 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
8 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

Exception 1: Within producing areas reserved for that purpose, flowlines,


trunklines, test lines, gas injection lines, and dry gas lift lines may have a
minimum corridor width of 6.5 meters. The minimum clear space between
the pipeline and the corridor boundary shall be 1 meter.
Exception 2: Within 450 meters of a plant fence, minimum clearances are
not required, nor is it required at pipeline crossings, tie-ins, or for short sec-
tions less than 20 meters in length.
6.6.4 Pipelines crossing pipeline corridors shall cross in a manner such that the
vertical distance between pipeline surfaces is no less than 500 millimeters.
Horizontal distance between parallel pipelines shall be at least 1 meter.
6.6.5 Public access crossings shall be protected against vehicle collision and dam-
age by means of suitable traffic barriers. Road, highway, and railroad cross-
ings shall be designed to meet API RP 1102. Highway crossings shall be
designed for the highest total loading expected. Railway crossing loadings
shall be based on three (3) cross ties, each carrying at least 65 metric tons
(72 short tons). Casings shall be used for all railroad crossings. At road
crossings, the road pavement and subbase shall be restored. The surface
shall be compacted and finished flush with the adjoining pavement. Records
shall be kept of these design calculations and shall be made available to the
HCIS upon request.
6.6.6 The minimum cover for the casings under railroad track, highway, or road
structure (traffic lanes and shoulder) shall be 1.2 meters deep. Minimum
cover within the railroad, highway, or road right-of-way shall be 0.9 meter
deep. Minimum cover may be reduced to account for the use of concrete
slabs, concrete encasement, bridges, or culverts.
6.6.7 For pipelines that follow the route of a road or highway and that are within
the road right-of-way, the pipeline shall be buried not less than 0.9 meter
and shall be laid to one side as far as possible from the center of the high-
way. The minimum spacing between the edge of the shoulder of the road
traffic lane and a pipeline shall be not less than 30 meters.
6.6.8 Above grade valve stations, valve boxes, and other pipeline related utilities
shall be outside or to the very edge of the highway right-of-way to minimize
the hazard of vehicle damage. Appropriately designed traffic safety guard
rails and other safety devices shall be designed in such a way that the guards
maximize road safety and, at the same time, protect the pipeline related
appurtenances.
6.6.9 Where a new road crosses an existing pipeline, the road shall be carried by
a flyover. Alternative crossing designs, such as by casing, by culvert, or by
direct burial, may be acceptable following consultation with the HCIS and
the owner of the pipeline. Access and egress for operation, maintenance,
and inspection vehicles shall be provided to the pipeline right-of-way with-
in 1000 meters of the crossing.

130 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-10

page
9 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

6.6.10 Pipeline corridors may be used for nonowner communication cables with
approval of the pipeline corridor owner. The horizontal spacing from
between buried nonowner cables and pipelines shall be no less than 5
meters.

6.7 Location Class


6.7.1 For all transportation pipelines within the scope of ASME B31.4 and ASME
B31.8, the concept of Location Class shall be used to determine wall thick-
ness and emergency isolation valve placement.
6.7.2 Location Class boundaries shall be determined based on an assessment of
building density within the rupture exposure radius (RER) of a pipeline
according to 6.6.3.
6.7.3 The Location Class shall be quantified by counting the number of buildings
lying within the RER of the pipeline.
a) A building density shall be calculated for each specific one kilometer
section of pipeline.
(b) To determine the building density for a pipeline, establish a zone that is
one RER wide to each side of the pipeline. Divide the pipeline and asso-
ciated RER zone into one kilometer long sections. Count the number of
buildings in each of the sections. Location class shall be documented on
the plan drawings for the pipeline.
(c) Location Class 1: Class 1 locations are undeveloped areas for where the
building density for any 1 kilometer section is ten (10) or fewer build-
ings intended for human occupancy.
(d) Location Class 2: Class 2 locations are areas where the building density
is between 11 and 30 buildings intended for human occupancy or which
include primary or secondary highways (see definitions in Section 2).
(Note that for highway crossings, Location Class 2 piping design need
not extend over 500 meters beyond the highway right-of-way even if the
actual RER is greater.)
(e) Location Class 3: Class 3 locations are areas where the building density
for any 1 kilometer section has over thirty (30) buildings intended for
human occupancy.
(f) Location Class 4: Class 4 locations are areas in which a school, hospital,
hotel, prison, shopping mall or similar retail complex is located within
the RER, as well as areas which include multi-story buildings with more
than four (4) occupied floors above ground including the first or ground
floor.
(g) For purposes of this directive, the RER is the downwind dispersion dis-
tance at ground level of a full bore pipeline rupture to the limit of 100
parts per million H2S or 1/2 the Lower Flammable Limit (LFL),
whichever distance is greater. See Tables 1 and 2 below for default RER

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 131


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-10 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
10 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

Table
values.1 Pipelines
- Pipelinecarrying
RER Summary, Low TVP¹
liquid hydrocarbon Liquid gas shall
or combustible
Table 1 -RER
have an Pipeline RER
as shown in Summary,
Tables 1 & 2.Low TVP¹ Liquid
Pipeline Pipeline H2S RER
Contents
Pipeline Diameter (in.)
Pipeline H2S%
Mole (meters)
RER
Contents
Sweet, Diameter
≤ 24 (in.) Mole
<1.5%% (meters)
200
Low TVP,
Sweet, ≤ 24 <1.5% 200
& Liquid
Low TVP, >24 <1.5% 400
Only
& Liquid >24 <1.5% 400
Only
Note 1: True Vapor Pressure < 100 kPa at 38°C.
Note 1: True Vapor Pressure <100 kPa at 38 ˚C.
Note 1: True Vapor Pressure < 100 kPa at 38°C.
2 1
Table 1 –2-Pipeline
Table RER Summary,
Pipeline RER Summary,High
LowTVP
TVP Liquid
Liquid Or Gas
Table 2- Pipeline RER Summary, High TVP2 Liquid Or Gas
Pipeline Pipeline H2 S
Contents Diameter (in.) Mole % RER (meters)
Pipeline Pipeline H2 S
Liquid or Gas
Contents ≤ 24 (in.)
Diameter <1.5%
Mole % RER1000
(meters)
Liquid or Gas ≤ 24 1.5%
≥<1.5% 3000
1000
>24
≤ 24 <1.5%
≥ 1.5% 2000
3000
>24 1.5%
≥<1.5% 5000
2000
>24 ≥ 1.5% 5000
Note 2: True Vapor Pressure >100 kPa at 38 ˚C.
Table 2 – Pipeline RER Summary, High TVP2 Liquid or Gas
(h) Calculation by the design engineer may be used to reduce the RER
below the values shown in Tables 1 and 2 with approval by the pipeline
owner. Records of design calculations and the design basis used to
reduce the design RER shall be kept on record by the owner for the life
of the pipeline and shall be made available to the HCIS upon request.
(Note that if one calculates the RER and it is greater than the values in
Tables 1 or 2, for the purpose of determining Location Class it is
allowed to use the RER value specified in the Table.)
(i) Design factors used to determine wall thickness of the pipe wall for
pipelines that transport liquids and gas shall not exceed the values in
Table 3. Table 3 – Design Factor for Pipelines

Location Class Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Class 4


Transportation
pipelines 0.72 0.60 0.50 0.40

Table 3 – Design Factor for Pipelines


Exception 1: In situations where the application of ASME B31.4 design
Table in
criteria results 4 –a Sectionalizing Valve
lower design factor due Spacing
to hydraulic considerations.
(j) The design pressure used to determine the minimum pipe wall thickness
Location Class Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
shall be established by determining the maximum expectedClass
surge4 pres-
Hydrocarbonsureand Flammable
from Materials
a single contingency, such as inadvertent closure of a valve,
Liquid withor failurevapor
absolute of a sensing
pressureor
> regulating
Note 1 device.
Note 1 16 km 8 km
450 kPa (65 psia)
132 Safety and Fire
GasProtection Directives for Industrial Facilities
transmission 32 km 24 km 16 km 8 km
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-10

page
11 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

Table 3 – Design Factor for Pipelines


6.8 Isolation
LocationValves
Class Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Class 4
6.8.1 Mainline isolation valves shall be
Transportation installed with spacing in accordance with
pipelines 0.72 0.60 0.50 0.40
ASME B31.4 and ASME B31.8.
6.8.2 In addition to the requirements of ASME B31.4 and ASME B31.8, the spac-
ing between sectionalizing block valves shall be no greater than the
distances in Table 4.
Table 4 – Sectionalizing Valve Spacing
Location Class Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Class 4
Hydrocarbon and Flammable Materials
Liquid with absolute vapor pressure > Note 1 Note 1 16 km 8 km
450 kPa (65 psia)
Gas transmission 32 km 24 km 16 km 8 km

Note 1: Install valves upstream and downstream of environmentally sensitive areas.

Table 4 – Sectionalizing Valve Spacing


6.8.3 All pipelines within the scope for ASME B31.4 and B31.8 shall have auto-
mated emergency isolation valves installed no less than one RER distance
within the lower Location Class (see Figure 1, below). Emergency isolation
valves shall be installed at transitions between:
Location Class 1 and Class 3,
Location Class 1 and Class 4,
Location Class 2 and Class 3,
Location Class 2 and Class 4, and
Location Class 3 and Class 4.
Exception: In reserved producing areas for flowlines, trunklines, test lines,
and dry gas lift lines with diameters of 24 inches or less, emergency isola-
Figure
tion valves1,are
Emergency Isolation Valve Placement
not required.

Location
Location Location
Class 3 Area
Class 4 Area Class 3 Area

Location Location Location


Class 3 Class 4 Class 3
Pipeline Pipeline Pipeline
1 RER 1 RER
distance Extends to distance
beyond Valves beyond
Class 4 Class 4
Area Area

Figure 1 – Emergency Isolation Valve Placement

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 133


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-10 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
12 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

6.8.4 Where an emergency isolation valve is required per 6.7.3, the change in
design factor (change in pipe wall thickness) shall be made only at an emer-
gency isolation valve.
6.8.5 The emergency isolation valves for location class 3 and 4 areas shall be fit-
ted for remote pressure monitoring and closure activation capability from a
manned control facility.
6.8.6 The emergency isolation valve closure rate shall be determined by the
pipeline’s surge characteristics, but total closing time shall not exceed ten
(10) minutes.

6.9 Pipeline Markers


Line markers adequate to indicate caution for the protection of the pipeline,
the public, and persons performing work in the area shall be installed over
each line in accordance with ASME B31.4, ASME B31.8, and API RP 1109.

6.10 Overhead High Voltage Powerlines


6.10.1 Induced voltages in pipelines shall not exceed 12 volts under normal steady
state conditions. Under fault conditions, induced voltages shall not exceed
the values calculated for formulas in ASME/IEEE Standard 80. The need for
an analysis of normal and transient voltages shall be determined by the
pipeline owner.
Table
6.10.2 The 5 - Minimum
horizontal distance Horizontal Spacingoverhead
between a parallel Betweenpowerline and a
Pipeline and Parallel Overhead Powerline
pipeline shall meet Table 5 below.

Powerline Voltage Minimum Horizontal Spacing


from Pipeline
For any voltage less than 69 kV,
30 m
parallel for more than 1.6 km (1 mile):
For any voltage 69 kV and greater,
150 m
parallel for more than 1.6 km (1 mile):
Up to 230 kV, parallel for less than 1.6 km (1 mile): 30 m
Up to 500 kV, parallel for less than 1.6 km (1 mile): 50 m
Up to 1000 kV, parallel for less than 1.6 km (1 mile): 85 m

Table 5 – Minimum Horizontal Spacing Between


Pipeline and Parallel Overhead Powerline
6.10.3 Where powerlines in excess of 69 kV and pipelines cross, the horizontal
angle of the intersection shall be between 45 and 135 angular degrees.
Where the angle of intersection cannot be achieved, an induced-voltage
study shall be conducted by a qualified electrical engineer to determine if
cables exceed twelve 12 volts under normal (i.e., steady-state) conditions.
Under fault conditions, induced voltages shall not exceed the values calcu-
lated from formulas in ASME/IEEE STD 80. If the induced voltage is
within allowable limits, no further action or authorization to proceed is

134 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-10

page
13 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

required other than to meet the minimum spacing requirements of Table 3.


If the voltage is above the stated limits, then appropriate design modifica-
tions, e.g. installing additional grounding, shall be done to reduce the touch
potential to an acceptable level.
6.10.4 The minimum vertical clearance, measured from grade, of overhead power-
line conductors at pipeline crossings shall be 9 meters for powerlines oper-
ating at 230 kV or less, and 13.5 meters for powerlines operating at over 230
kV.
6.10.5 Where pipeline and overhead powerline corridors cross, the minimum hor-
izontal separation between any pipeline and the poles or support structures
of overhead powerlines shall be
a) 30 meters for powerlines operating in excess of 69 kV.
b) 15 meters for powerlines operating at 69 kV or less and having only one
or two poles near a pipeline;
c) 4.5 meters for powerlines operating at 69 kV or less and having only one
or two poles near a pipeline in reserve producing areas for flowlines,
trunklines, test lines, gas lift lines, gas injection lines, water injection,
supply lines, and disposal lines with pipe diameters of 24 inches and
less.
6.11 Buried Electrical Cable Crossings
Underground electrical cables crossing pipeline corridors shall do so by
means of a concrete duct bank. Electrical cables, except those utilities inci-
dental to pipeline operations installed by the owner, shall cross under
pipelines. The minimum vertical distance between the bottom of any pipe
and the top of the duct bank shall be 1 meter. The concrete duct bank shall
be continuous, and at the same elevation across the full width of the corri-
dor. There shall be no servicing points for cables within the pipeline corri-
dor except where the cables belong to the pipeline owner, when cable ser-
vicing points shall be no closer than 25 meters to any pipeline in the corri-
dor.

6.12 Overhead Communications Cable Crossings


6.12.1 The minimum horizontal separation between any pipeline and pole, struc-
ture, or cable shall be 15 meters.
6.12.2 The minimum vertical clearance shall be 9 meters, measured from grade.

6.13 Buried Communications Cable Crossings


6.13.1 Telecommunication cables that are installed across pipeline corridors shall
be placed below the pipes inside concrete encased buried conduits. The min-
imum vertical distance between the bottom of any pipe and the cable shall
be 1 meter.
6.13.2 No portion of any service point (manhole, pedestal, etc.) shall be closer than

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 135


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-10 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
14 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

25 meters to any pipeline in the corridor. When locating service points, the
engineer must be sure to take into consideration the location of proposed or
future pipelines as determined by coordination with the pipeline's owner.
6.13.3 The cable crossing shall be marked and otherwise protected according to
best industry practices.

6.14 Corrosion Protection


6.14.1 Corrosion control practices shall follow the best recommended practices of
NACE.
6.14.2 Buried and submerged pipelines shall be protected from external corrosion
per NACE RP0169.
6.14.3 Pipelines shall be protected from corrosion by the application of cathodic
protection, in addition to other methods of protection recommended by
NACE. The voltage on the pipeline shall be continuously monitored for
potential and polarity. Casings welded to carrier pipes shall be considered
part of the pipeline. A separate system for cathodic protection shall be used
for casings insulated from the carrier line.
6.14.4 The pipeline shall be regularly inspected for the effects of corrosion and
erosion. When the design limits are reached, the affected portion of the
pipeline shall be taken out-of-service. Records of maintenance and replace-
ment shall be kept available for inspection by the HCIS upon request.

6.15 Pipeline Repair


Pipeline repair procedures shall meet API RP 1107, API RP 2200, and API
RP 2201.

6.16 Abandonment of Pipelines


Pipelines to be abandoned in place shall be disconnected from all sources of
liquid or gas, such as other pipelines, crossover piping, meter stations, and
control lines. Pipelines to be abandoned shall be purged of the transport liq-
uid or gas with an inert material.

6.17 Offshore Pipelines


Offshore pipeline design, construction, operation, and maintenance shall
meet API RP 1111.

6.18 Security
The owners shall ensure that they provide an adequate level of security mea-
sures to protect their transportation pipeline related facilities such as scraper
launcher or receivers, flare locations, and isolation valve stations by apply-
ing the requirements of SEC-1 and other security directives issued by the
HCIS.

136 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-10

page
15 of 16
SAF-10
Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels,
and Transportation Pipelines

6.19 Basic Spacings for Transportation Pipelines


Transportation pipelines shall not be closer to other facilities than the fol-
lowing distances in meters:
Section Facility Spacing
6.19.1 Oil wells, gas wells, and plant facilities (except as
the pipeline approaches the facility for termination). 60
6.19.2 Ground flare or burnpit. 15
6.19.3 Elevated flare stacks over 15 m in height. 60
Hospital, school, university, prison, shopping mall,
6.19.4
wedding hall, or sports arena. 1000
6.19.5 Gas bottling and storage areas. 500
Airfields, except for air fuel pipelines terminations
6.19.6 at the airfield. 450
Communication towers in support of pipeline
6.19.7 operations. Towers unrelated to pipelines shall be
located outside the pipeline corridor. 15
6.19.8 Main railway or spur line right-of-way. 60
6.19.9 Sewer. 10
Underground power and nonowner communications
6.19.10
cable (except where crossing the pipeline). 5
6.19.11 Underground liquid hydrocarbon storage tank. 35
6.19.12 Explosive and capsule storage areas. 5000

Table 6 – Basic Spacings for Transportation Pipelines

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 137


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-11
Emergency Shut Down, Isolation,
and Depressuring

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-11
Emergency Shut Down, Isolation,
and Depressuring
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-11
Emergency Shut Down, Isolation,
and Depressuring

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 143
1.1 Scope 143

1.2 Application 143

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 143

2 Definitions 143

3 References 144

4 General Requirements 145


4.1 ESD Design 145

4.2 Depressuring Systems 145

4.3 LPD Storage Facilities 146

4.4 Emergency Isolation Valves 146

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

142 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-11

page
1 of 4
SAF-11
Emergency Shut Down, Isolation,
and Depressuring

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for the design, of emer-
gency shut down, isolation, and depressuring systems for all facilities han-
dling hydrocarbons, potentially toxic materials, and their products.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
ANSI/ISA: ANSI is American National Standards Institute, Website: Http://api-
ec.api.org/; ISA was formerly known as Instrument Society of America, now
known simply as ISA. Website: http://www.isa.org/
Depressuring System: A system of valves, piping, actuating devices, and logic
used during an emergency to rapidly and safely reduce pressure in process equip-
ment by controlled venting to a remote safe location via a disposal system such as
a flare, burnpit, or storage.
Emergency Isolation Valve: A valve that, in event of fire, rupture, or loss of con-
tainment, can be used to stop the release of flammable or combustible liquids, com-
bustible gas, or potentially toxic material. An emergency isolation valve can be
either hand-operated or power-operated.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 143


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-11 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 4
SAF-11
Emergency Shut Down, Isolation,
and Depressuring

Emergency Shut Down (ESD): A system of valves, piping, sensors, actuating


devices, and logic solvers, and manual operating procedures that takes the process,
or specific equipment in the process, to a safe state, i.e., to shutdown, to isolate,
deenergize, and depressure plant, train, or process unit.
IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission, http://www.iec.org/
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Plant: Facilities used to manufacture, process, store, transport, or transfer hydro-
carbons or other chemical substances.
Plot Limit: The plot limit is a boundary, within the facility, which surrounds a sin-
gle plant unit or function. The plot limit may be physical such as a fence, a wall,
the edge of a road or pipeway, chains and posts or a boundary indicated on an
approved plot plan.
Potentially Toxic Material: In the context of this directive, a potentially toxic
material is a liquid, gas, or solid with a total concentration of 5% (volume) or
greater of materials with a Health Hazard rating of "3" or greater listed on the
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS).
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
ANSI/ISA S84.01 Application of Safety Instrumented Systems for Process
Industries
API SPEC 6D Pipeline Valves
API RP 14J Design and Hazard Analysis for Offshore Production Facilities
API RP 520 Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving
Devices in Refineries
API RP 521 Pressure-Relieving and Depressuring Systems
API STD 2000 Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks
API RP 2218 Fireproofing Practices in Petroleum and Petrochemical
Processing Plants
API STD 2510 Design and Construction of LPG Installations
API PUB 2510A Fire-Protection Considerations for the Design and Operation
of Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) Storage Facilities
IEC 61511 Functional Safety – Safety Instrumented Systems for the
Process Industry Sector

144 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-11

page
3 of 4
SAF-11
Emergency Shut Down, Isolation,
and Depressuring

4. General Requirements
4.1 ESD Design
4.1.1 Emergency shut down (ESD), isolation, and depressuring of facility equip-
ment shall be considered when designing facilities that process, transport, or
otherwise handle combustible, flammable, or potentially toxic materials.
4.1.2 The objective is to prevent release or minimize the amount of material
released in case of an incident due to operational errors, equipment or pip-
ing mechanical failures, or fire.
4.1.3 ESD shall be accomplished using a combination of sensors, switches,
valves, piping, and actuating devices to rapidly shutdown equipment, isolate
that equipment through the use of valves, and depressure the equipment
when required.
4.1.4 During preliminary design, an assessment shall be done to identify process
design philosophy of the facility and the associated hazards. These shall be
used to create an ESD philosophy for the facility design.
4.1.5 Once the potentially hazardous events for a process are identified, isolation
valves shall be provided within process unit areas to isolate equipment and
piping and to limit the release of materials that might fuel a fire.
4.1.6 The types and location of valves shall depend on a hazard analysis of the
system. Design of the ESD system and its components, including the deter-
mination and verification of safety integrity levels (SIL) for each ESD loop,
shall meet ANSI / ISA S84.01 and IEC 61511. Consideration shall be given
to providing access to valves during a fire or providing systems for auto-
mated closing and opening of the isolation valves when needed.
4.1.7 The impact on individual equipment shall be considered in the design of
ESD systems to avoid damage to equipment when closing of emergency
isolation valves.
4.1.8 The resulting ESD design shall be reviewed, approved, and kept as part of
the owner’s permanent plant records. These records shall be readily avail-
able for audit by the HCIS upon request.

4.2 Depressuring Systems


4.2.1 Pressure relief, emergency depressuring, and flare systems are parts of the
overpressure protection system for piping, tanks, pressure vessels, and other
process equipment.
4.2.2 The design of pressure relief and flare systems shall meet API
Recommended Practices 520 and 521.
4.2.3 For offshore facilities, design shall follow API RP 14J (see SAF-17,
Offshore Facilities).

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 145


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-11 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 4
SAF-11
Emergency Shut Down, Isolation,
and Depressuring

4.3 LPG Storage Facilities


The design of liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) storage facility emergency iso-
lation shall meet API Standard 2510 and Publication 2510A.

4.4 Emergency Isolation Valves


4.4.1 The placement and design for emergency isolation valves and associated
devices, interlocks, functional requirements, and controls systems shall be
reviewed with all other aspects of facility detail design during a formal
process hazard study.
4.4.2 Recommendations of the study shall be implemented in the design.
4.4.3 Design of emergency isolation valves, their actuators (if provided), and any
utilities that power emergency isolation valves shall take the fire-scenario
envelope into consideration per API PUB 2218.
4.4.4 Emergency isolation valves shall be of fire resistant design per API SPEC
6D.
4.4.5 Emergency isolation valves shall be provided at the plot limit for piping
containing combustible or potentially toxic fluids crossing from one operat-
ing plant unit to another.
Exception to 4.4.5: Flare, depressuring, flare purge gas, fuel gas, industri-
al drains, sanitary sewer, and other piping systems that should remain oper-
able during an ESD do not require plot-limit isolation.

146 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-12
Electrical Safety

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-12
Electrical Safety
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-12
Electrical Safety

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 151
1.1 Scope 151

1.2 Application 151

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 151

2 Definitions 151

3 References 152

4 General Requirements 153


4.1 Electrical Power System Design 153

4.2 Electrical Design for Fire


Water Pumps 154

4.3 Substation and Relay Buildings 154

4.4 Security 154

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

150 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-12

page
1 of 4
SAF-12
Electrical Safety

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for (a) the design and
installation of privately owned electrical systems and (b) electrical area
classification of hazardous (classified) locations for electrical and electron-
ic equipment and wiring for all industrial plant operations.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
CESI: Centro Elettrotecnico Sperimentale Italiano, Website: www.scame.com/it/
infotec/enti/cesi.htm
Combustible Liquid: A liquid that has a flash point greater than 54 °C (130 °F).
Examples are fluids such as diesel, C7+ feed stocks, bunker fuel, and sulfur.
CSA: Canadian Standards Association, Canada, Website: http://www.csa.ca/
Flammable Liquid: A liquid that has a flashpoint equal to or less than 54 °C (130
°F). Examples are fluids such as stabilized crude, gasoline, C6 and lighter feed and
blending stocks, and methanol. For purposes of this directive, a combustible liquid
stored or processed at a temperature equal to or higher than 8°C (15°F) below its
flash point shall be considered to be a flammable liquid.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 151


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-12 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 4
SAF-12
Electrical Safety

FM: FM Global (Factory Mutual), Website: http://www.fmglobal.com/


Hazardous (Classified) Location: An area or space as defined in the referenced
standards where there is a fire or explosion hazard due to the handling or process-
ing of flammable gases, liquid-produced vapors, combustible dusts, or ignitable
fibers or flyings.
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission, Website: http://www.iec.org/
IEEE: The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., Website: http://
www.ieee.org/
ITSNA: Intertek Testing Services, United Kingdom
Website: http://www.uk.intertek-etlsemko.com/
KEMA: KEMA Nederland B.V., The Netherlands.
Website: http://www.kema.com/products_and_processes/
LCIE: Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques, France.
Website: http://www.lcie.com/homePage_frameset.html
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Plant: Facilities used to manufacture, process, store, transport, or transfer hydro-
carbons or other chemical substances.
PTB: Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt, Germany.
Website: http://www.ptb.de/index_en.html
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
UL: Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Website: http://www.ul.com/

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
API RP 500 Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum
Facilities Classified as Class 1 Division 1 and Division 2
API RP 505 Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum
Facilities Classified as Class 1 Zone 0, Zone 1, and Zone 2
IEC 60364 Low Voltage Electrical Installations
IEC 60079 Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Atmospheres
IEEE 80 Guide for Safety in Alternating-Current Substation Grounding
IEEE 979 Guide for Substation Fire Protection
IEEE 980 Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
IEEE 998 Guide for Direct Lighting Stroke Shielding of Substations
NFPA 20 Installation of Stationary Pumps

152 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-12

page
3 of 4
SAF-12
Electrical Safety

NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code


NFPA 30A Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
NFPA 70E Electrical Safety in the Workplace
NFPA 497 Classification of Flammable Liquids, Gases or Vapors and of
Hazardous (Classified) Locations for Electrical Installations in
Chemical Process Areas
NFPA 499 Classification of Combustible Dusts and of Hazardous (Classified)
Locations for Electrical Installations in Chemical Process Areas

4. General Requirements
4.1 Electrical Power System Design
4.1.1 New construction of plants and expansion of plant areas shall provide for a
high level of electrical safety and reliability, together with cost-effective
design.
4.1.2 Requirements of API RP 500, API RP 505, NFPA 70, NFPA 70E, NFPA 497,
and 499, equivalent internationally recognized Codes (e.g. IEC 60364, IEC
60079) or Saudi Codes shall be followed, as applicable to provide a safe
electrical design.
4.1.3 Electrical power systems shall be designed and constructed in accordance
with the latest edition of NFPA 70 and NFPA 70E, IEC 60364, IEC 60079,
or other equivalent internationally recognized electrical Codes.
4.1.4 In plant operations where flammable liquids, flammable gases, or flamma-
ble vapors are handled, processed, and can escape as a result of accidental
rupture or breakdown of the container or system, or as the result of the
abnormal operation of the equipment, or where ignitable concentrations of
dusts or flyings may exist, all electrical and electronic devices shall be cer-
tified for use in hazardous (classified) locations as defined in NFPA 70,
Chapter 5, Special Occupancies or IEC 60079.
a) Combustible liquids, and flammable liquids shall be interpreted in
accordance with definitions given above.
b) Electrical area classification drawings, based on the guidelines of NFPA
30, NFPA 30A, NFPA 70, NFPA 497, NFPA 499, API 500, or API 505,
or other equivalent international or Saudi Codes shall be prepared and
maintained for facilities where flammable liquids or combustible gases
are produced, processed, stored, or handled. These drawings shall be
kept in a suitable location in the plant.
c) Equipment that is required by NFPA 70 to be “approved” shall be
labeled as certified by an internationally recognized independent test
lab. Examples of acceptable test lab agencies are the following:
- Canadian Standards Association (CSA) (Canada)

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 153


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-12 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 4
SAF-12
Electrical Safety

- Centro Elettrotechnico Sperimentale Italiano (CESI) (Italy)


- FM Global (FM) (USA)
- Intertek Testing Services (ITSNA) (International)
- KEMA Nederland B.V. (KEMA) (Netherlands)
- Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques (LCIE) (France)
- Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt (PTB) (Germany)
- Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) (USA)
Note: This listing is intended to provide useful information on the many test labs avail-
able. This is not intended to list all acceptable certifying agencies.
c) Mobile radios, cellular telephones, pagers, personal digital assistants,
portable computers, flashlights, and other such portable electric and
electronic devices shall be controlled where hazardous (classified) loca-
tions exist. Their control and use shall meet the requirements of direc-
tive SAF-22.
4.1.5 Ballasts, capacitors, transformers and other electrical components that con-
tain oil shall be Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) free.

4.2 Electrical Design for Fire Water Pumps


Electrical design for firefighting water pump installations shall meet the
requirements of NFPA 20.

4.3 Substations and Relay Buildings


Substation control and relay buildings shall be designed to meet Section 6,
SAF-19, Electric Power Generating Plants and Associated Facilities.

4.4 Security
4.4.1 The owners shall ensure that they provide an adequate level of security mea-
sures to protect their facilities by applying the requirements of SEC-1 and
other security directives issued by the HCIS.
4.4.2 Substations and transformers that are in an unsecured location, i.e. outside
the plant perimeter security fence, shall meet SEC-2.
4.4.3 For plant operations that are secured, emergency power generation shall be
installed for emergency lighting needs; adequate power to control systems
for safe shutdown of operating production or manufacturing equipment;
security lighting and integrated security system requirements; essential tele-
phone, radio, and data transmission functions; and other needs deemed
appropriate for the facility. Requirements for securing emergency generator
facilities shall meet the appropriate security directive.
4.4.4 Cables, fuel lines, and other utilities to emergency power generation facili-
ties shall be underground to the extent possible. These utilities shall enter
the inside the power generation building from underground.

154 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-13
Work Permits

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-13
Work Permits
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-13
Work Permits

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 159
1.1 Scope 159

1.2 Application 159

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 159


2 Definitions 159
3 References 160
4 General Requirements 160
4.1 Work Permit Process 160

4.2 Types of Work Permits 161

4.3 Hot Work 161

4.4 Cold Work 162

4.5 Confined Space 163

4.6 Employee Training 165

4.7 Equipment Maintenance 165

Cold Work Permit Form 166

Hot Work Permit Form 167

Confined Space Entry Form 168

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

158 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-13

page
1 of 11
SAF-13
Work Permits

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for work permits to pro-
mote industrial safety.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
ANSI: American National Standards Institute, Website: http://www.ansi.org/
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
Confined Space: A confined space is an enclosed area that is large enough and so
configured that an employee can bodily enter and has the following characteristics:
1) the primary function is something other than human occupancy and
2) the space has restricted entry and exit (restricted entry and exit is a
physical configuration which requires the use of the hands or con-
tortion of the body to enter into or exit from a confined space.
The confined space requirements in this directive do not apply to entering
underground mines or tunnels of product storage facilities that are designed
with ventilation, lighting, and other permanent life support utilities installed
for continued operations. Other specialized safety requirements for those
facilities shall apply.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 159


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-13 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 11
SAF-13
Work Permits

Fire Watchman: A fire watchman is a person standing by who is trained in the use
of fire extinguishing equipment, ready to assist the personnel doing the hot work,
and that otherwise watches for and responds to unsafe conditions. A fire watchman
may also be commonly called a fire watch.
FM: FM Global (Factory Mutual), Website: http://www.fmglobal.com/
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
Listed: Equipment, materials, or services that meet an appropriate designated
Standard or Code or that have been tested and found suitable for a specified pur-
pose. FM Global and UL are two internationally recognized organizations with list-
ings of equipment, materials, and services.
NIOSH: National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Website:
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
UL: Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Website: http://www.ul.com/

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
ANSI Z117.1 Safety Requirements for Confined Spaces
API RP 2009 Safe Welding, Cutting and Other Hot Work
API STD 2015 Requirements for Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage
Tanks
API RP 2016 Guidelines and Procedures for Entering and Cleaning Petroleum
Storage Tanks
API RP 2201 Safe Hot Tapping Practices in the Petroleum and Petrochemical
Industry
NFPA 51B Welding, Cutting, Other Hot Work
NIOSH Guide to Chemical Hazards

4. General Requirements
4.1 Work Permit Process
4.1.1 Selected work activities shall be controlled by a work permit process in
order to prevent injury, loss of life, or loss of property from electrical haz-
ards, contact with toxic substances, fire, or explosion as a result of the work.
4.1.2 The work permit process is intended to be applied to jobs that represent a
potential hazard to company operations, personnel, or equipment. The
owner shall maintain documents that account for the work activities in their

160 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-13

page
3 of 11
SAF-13
Work Permits

property. A copy of all work permits shall be retained for a minimum of


three (3) months.
4.1.3 Each owner shall develop and maintain a detailed and documented work
permit process which is consistent with this directive and its references. The
permit process shall describe specific requirements for issuance, approval,
and closure of work permits.
4.1.4 Work permits shall clearly state what type of safety precautions are to be
taken to do the work and what safety checks have been done prior to the
start of work, i.e., testing for the presence of flammable or toxic gas.
4.1.5 Signatures of the permit issuer and receiver plus any other approvals and
signatures shall be on the completed form.
4.1.6 Permits are normally for only one work shift (duration up to 12 hours) and
it is recommended to close the permit at the end of each work shift.
4.1.7 Renewal of a permit is allowed provided there is a process in place that pro-
vides for continued monitoring of the work place for unsafe conditions and
that requires signatures from the issuer and receiver coming on the new
shift.
4.1.8 Work permits expire immediately in the event of an emergency, such as a
gas release or fire.

4.2 Types of Work Permits


4.2.1 Work permit processes should include the following three activities:
4.2.2 Hot Work.
4.2.3 Cold Work (or other equivalent process to supervise work)
4.2.4 Confined Space Entry
4.2.5 For examples of permit forms, see specimens attached and refer to NFPA 51
B and ANSI Z117.1.
4.2.6 Very low risk jobs, done in a plant routinely and that need no special safety
planning or that are done as a normal part of operations, do not require a
work permit. Examples include monitoring equipment operation, routine
maintenance inspections, cleaning, and lubricating of equipment.

4.3 Hot Work


A hot work permit process is required for any work that requires an open
flame, welding, burning, grinding or the use of electric tools or any spark-
producing device in or near a plant facility other than a designated full-time
safe location intended for that activity such as a welding shop. Hot work
permits shall meet NFPA 51B. Hot work activities follow the guidelines
covered by API RP 2009.
4.3.1 Certified hot work permit issuers and reviewers shall be designated by the

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 161


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-13 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 11
SAF-13
Work Permits

owner to authorize hot work. The permit issuers shall be workers who are
experienced and familiar with the plant, have been trained in the inherent
risks involved in the plant operations, and are trained in the methods
required to do hot work in that plant safely.
4.3.2 All equipment to be used for the hot work shall be examined to ensure
equipment is in safe operating condition. Only approved cutting apparatus,
such as torches, manifolds, regulators or pressure-reducing valves, and
acetylene generators, are permitted to be used for cutting. If any of the
equipment is found incapable of safe operation, it shall be repaired by qual-
ified personnel prior to its use, replaced, or it shall not be used.
4.3.3 Gas cylinder valves shall be closed when equipment is unattended. The gas
cylinders shall be secured so that they cannot be knocked over. Gas cylin-
ders shall have their valve protection caps in place except when the cylin-
ders are connected and in service.
4.3.4 All personnel who will do the hot work shall be trained in the safe opera-
tion of their equipment. They shall also be made aware of the inherent risks
involved in doing hot work in a plant and what they should do in the event
of a fire or other incident. In addition, they shall be advised about site-spe-
cific flammable materials, hazardous processes or conditions, or other fire
hazards.
4.3.5 Hot work shall stop if unsafe conditions develop. The area supervisor or the
permit issuer shall be notified for reassessment of the situation. The area
supervisor or permit issuer may stop a job at any time and withdraw the
work permit if the safety of the job does not meet the conditions specified
on the work permit.
4.3.6 A fire watchman shall be provided to assist in all jobs requiring a hot work
permit.
4.3.7 The fire watchman shall watch for fires in all exposed areas and try to extin-
guish them when the fires are within the capacity of the fire extinguisher
and other equipment available. At a minimum, each work site shall be pro-
vided with a fire extinguisher of appropriate size and type for the hazard and
a source of water via water bucket, fire hose, or other ready source of water.
4.3.8 The fire watchman shall be trained to understand the hazards of the work
site and of the hot work, and shall have the authority to stop the hot work if
unsafe conditions develop.

4.4 Cold Work


4.4.1 A cold work permit process shall be used for nonroutine maintenance work
inside a plant that does not produce enough energy to ignite a flammable
atmosphere, but where the activity might present a potential hazard to the
continuing operations, personnel, or equipment. Examples where a cold
work permit could be used are painting, sand removal, or other general

162 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-13

page
5 of 11
SAF-13
Work Permits

maintenance work where no electrical power or motor driven equipment is


used. Use of a cold work permit process may be replaced by other safety
processes as designated by the owner as long as the process achieves an
equivalent level of job safety planning, safety awareness, and achievement
during normal work activities.
4.4.2 Cold work permit issuers shall be designated by management. The permit
issuers shall be workers who are experienced and familiar with the plant,
have been trained in the inherent risks involved in the plant operations, and
are trained in the methods required to do work in that plant safely.
4.4.3 All equipment to be used for the cold work shall be examined to ensure
equipment is in safe operating condition. If any of the tools are found inca-
pable of safe operation, it shall be repaired by qualified personnel prior to
its use, replaced, or it shall not be used.
4.4.4 All personnel who will do the job shall also be made aware of the inherent
risks involved in doing the job in a plant and what they should do in the
event of a fire or other incident.
4.4.5 Implementation of safeguards shall be noted on the Cold Work Permit. Job
safety considerations may include items like the following:
a) Reviewing material safety data sheets for personal protective equipment
needed when handling materials.
b) Becoming familiar with the equipment and material use.
c) Protecting personnel from falling hazards by using appropriate fall pro-
tection, i.e. restraint devices, approved ladders, or scaffolding.
d) Protecting personnel from electrical hazards during work (use of per-
sonal protective equipment and procedures). Only fully trained and cer-
tified electricians shall work on unguarded electrical systems.
4.5 Confined Space
4.5.1 The safety requirements of ANSI Z117.1 shall be followed while entering,
exiting, and working in confined spaces. A confined space entry permit shall
be required prior to workers going into a vessel, storage tank, cellar, man-
hole, elevator pit, sewer, valve box, cable maintenance pit, tunnel, culvert,
trench, excavation or any confined location where the space is large enough
so an employee can bodily enter and perform work, where escape might be
difficult due to restricted means for entry or exit, and where it is not
designed for humans to occupy the space. Permits shall also be issued where
there is a potential for a hazardous atmosphere, where a space contains
material with the potential to harm a worker in that space, where there is an
internal configuration where a worker could become trapped or asphyxiat-
ed by inwardly converging walls or floors that slope downward, or in any
other location recognized as potentially hazardous to health of those work-
er that would enter.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 163


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-13 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 11
SAF-13
Work Permits

4.5.2 For storage tanks and process vessels, the permit safeguards specified to
protect workers shall meet API STD 2015 and take into consideration the
guidelines of API RP 2016.
a) A written tank/vessel procedure with specified controls shall be devel-
oped.
b) All potential hazards shall be identified and resolved through the use of
work safeguards against those hazards. The conditions shall be docu-
mented as part of the work permit process.
c) Qualified persons shall supervise and perform the decommissioning,
testing, permit issuance, entry, cleaning work, rescue, and recommis-
sioning activities.
d) See HCIS Fire and Safety Directive 7, Storage Tanks and Storage
Vessels, for further information on safety procedures for tank cleaning.
4.5.3 All personnel including contractors, supervisors, and workers shall be pro-
vided information regarding the potential hazards and requirements for
entry and working in the confined space.
4.5.4 Safeguards shall be taken to protect workers around the confined space
using any combination of locks, tags, barriers, warning signs and manhole
protective devices.
4.5.5 The permit issuers for confined space entry shall be workers who are expe-
rienced and familiar with the plant, have been trained in the inherent risks
involved in the plant operations, and are trained in the methods required to
do confined space entry in that plant safely.
4.5.6 The atmosphere of the confined space shall be tested to determine concen-
trations of oxygen, flammable vapors, and toxic substances. The condition
of the atmosphere shall be periodically tested to verify the conditions
remain the same during the job.
4.5.7 An emergency response plan shall be prepared and implemented as part of
confined space entry process including emergency responder selection, des-
ignation of trained and qualified standby workers (designated rescuers) with
appropriate equipment including rigging equipment, communication equip-
ment (radios), oxygen detection equipment, gas detection equipment , warn-
ing devices, and self-contained breathing apparatus.
4.5.8 Entry conditions shall be as follows:
a) The oxygen content inside shall be equal to the ambient level outside the
tank, normally 20.9 percent oxygen in air. Forced ventilation shall be
used when needed to maintain this condition.
b) The atmospheric flammable vapor-in-air level shall be 0 percent of the
lower explosion limit (LEL). If the flammable vapor-in-air concentra-
tion rises above 0 percent, the entry supervisor or permit issuer
shall require workers to exit the confined space immediately. Forced

164 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-13

page
7 of 11
SAF-13
Work Permits

ventilation shall be used when needed to maintain this condition.


c) The atmospheric concentration of toxic substances shall be below the
published permissible exposure limits (PEL) per the NIOSH guide to
Chemical Hazards, (http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/npg/npg.html).
d) There shall be no physical hazards inside the confined space that could
result in the entrapment, suffocation, drowning, or crushing of the work-
ers.
4.6 Employee Training
Monitoring or testing to determine concentrations of oxygen, flammable
vapors, and toxic substances shall be conducted only by employees (includ-
ing contract employees) trained and certified in gas testing procedures.
Refresher training shall be done on a regular, periodic basis as part of a doc-
umented program. Records of employee certification shall be maintained.

4.7 Equipment Maintenance


Monitors and testing equipment and all rescue equipment shall be main-
tained in good working order and periodically calibrated and tested accord-
ing to the manufacturer’s recommendations.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 165


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-13 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
8 of 11
SAF-13
Work Permits

Cold Work Permit


COLD WORK PERMIT
DATE: PERMIT NUMBER:
1. Exact Location of Work Site:
Work to be Carried Out:
Equipment to be Used at Work Site:

2. Isolation: Equipment to be Isolated by:


a. Valve closure c. Line Removal
b. Blanks / Spades d. Electrical Isolation
Key Number

3. Conditions of Work: (Delete as necessary)


a. Inform Area Supervisor before work commences.
b. Conditions of work to be approved by Area Superintendent.
c. Area cleaned of combustible materials /Equipment cleaned of combustible materials.
d. Non-removable combustibles and flammable liquids protected with noncombustible covers.
e. Explosive or combustible atmosphere is eliminated (purged).
f. Gas concentration to be periodically monitored.
g. Barricades and signs in place.
h. Safe Harness with Line Required.
i. Fire Watchman to Stand By.
j. Confined Space Permit Required. Permit Number:

Additional items listed below:

4. Gas test required: Yes/No Repeat Test Frequency: Every hour or less
a. Flammable. Result Time Signature
b. Toxic. Result Time Signature

5. I have personally checked the above and conditions. Permission is granted for Cold Work to commence.
Time From: To: Date:
Signature: Area Supervisor

6. Safety Department has been consulted and agrees with the above conditions.
Further recommendations:
Signature: Safety Inspector

7. I understand the conditions and only work permitted will be attempted. All conditions will be observed.
Signature: Person in Charge of Work

8. Work Completed.
Time: Date:
Signature: Person in Charge of Work

9. Work Accepted / Area & Equipment ready to return to normal use.


Time: Date:
Signature: Area Supervisor

Distribution: Original – Person in Charge of Work.


1st Copy - Area Supervisor, 2nd Copy - Safety Department, 3rd Copy - Permit Record Book
EXAMPLE PERMIT -- HIGH COMMISSION FOR INDUSTRIAL SECURITY MINISTRY OF INTERIOR, SAUDI ARABIA

166 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-13

page
9 of 11
SAF-13
Work Permits

Hot
HOTWork Permit
WORK PERMIT
DATE: PERMIT NUMBER:
1. Exact Location of Work Site:
Work to be Carried Out:
Equipment to be Used at Work Site:

2. Isolation: Equipment to be Isolated by:


a. Valve closure c. Line Removal
b. Blanks / Spades d. Electrical Isolation
Key Number

3. Conditions of Work: (Delete as necessary)


a. Inform Area Supervisor before work commences.
b. Area Supervisor to be on site when work commences.
c. Conditions of work to be approved by Area Superintendent.
d. Area cleaned of combustible materials / Equipment cleaned of combustible materials.
e. Non-removable combustibles and flammable liquids protected with noncombustible covers.
f. Explosive or combustible atmosphere is eliminated (purged)
g. All wall and floor openings covered.
h. Gas concentration to be periodically monitored.
i. Barricades and signs in place.
j. Fire extinguishers to be sited ( State type). Sprinklers / water hose charged.
k. Safe Means of Access Required.
l. Fire Watchman to Stand By.
m. Confined Space Permit Required. Permit Number:

Additional items listed below:

4. Gas test required: Yes/No Repeat Test Frequency: Every hour or less
a. Flammable. Result Time Signature
b. Toxic. Result Time Signature

5. I have personally checked the above and conditions. Permission is granted for Hot Work to commence.
Time From: To: Date:
Signature: Area Supervisor

6. Safety Department has been consulted and agrees with the above conditions.
Further recommendations:
Signature: Safety Inspector

7. I understand the conditions and only work permitted will be attempted. All conditions will be observed.
Signature: Person in Charge of Work

8. Work Completed.
Time: Date:
Signature: Person in Charge of Work

9. Work Accepted / Area & Equipment ready to return to normal use.


Time: Date:
Signature: Area Supervisor

Distribution: Original – Person in Charge of Work.


1st Copy - Area Supervisor, 2nd Copy - Safety Department, 3rd Copy - Permit Record Book
EXAMPLE PERMIT -- HIGH COMMISSION FOR INDUSTRIAL SECURITY MINISTRY OF INTERIOR, SAUDI ARABIA

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 167


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-13 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
10 of 11
SAF-13
Work Permits

Confined
CONFINEDSpace EntryPERMIT
SPACE ENTRY Permit Page 1 of 2
DATE: PERMIT NUMBER:
1. Exact Location of Work Site:
Work to be Carried Out:
Equipment to be Used at Work Site:

2. Associated Permits: (Confined Space Permit is required to have either a Hot or Cold Work Permit also)
a. Hot Work Permit Number c. Electrical Isolation
b. Cold Work Permit Number Key Number

3. Isolation: Equipment to be Isolated by (see isolation plan):


a. Valve closure b. Blanks / Spades c. Line Removal d. Electrically

4. Conditions of Work: etl(D as cne e )yars


I.a n f o r m A ear S u pe r v i so r b ef o r e tren y a n d re -e n try .
b. C o n d i oit ns o f ʼw o r k t o be a p rp o v e d b y A r ae S u p rei n t e n d nte .
Ac. are / Epui q m e tn c neal d o f c om b tsu leib m alsrite
.d E xp l o s i v e o r c o m b us t bi l e a mt o s p he r e i nim s e il a det ( wahs de / p u r ge )d
F .e o r de c a ir v e n t i atl io n i s e abts l i sh e d
f. spRe oatir r r eq u i re d ( S t a t e t y pe) . T y e p A p p r o v ed b y S yteaf S p ilaec st
g. S el f -C o nt a i n e d B r e at hi n g pA p ar t u s / Li n e T y B p e r e at hi n g A p p a r at u s R e q ui r ed .
h. Ox y ge n c on c en tia t r on t o b e c o n it u n o u s l y m o n ti o r e d .
.i rBa sdecai a dn s igsn i n p e.acl
j. eSp iac l p etro tic on c l o thngi ( taS te pyt .e)
.k S efa H nra e s wiht L i n e R u qe i der .
.l T air n e d St a n d b y P rse o ns f o r r e s cue & e m e r g e n c y re s v i c c e s a l l (S p cie fy )
.m efaS M ea n s o f A sec R e q eiru .d
.n S fae t y I n s p e ct o r t o S t a n d by .
o. O t he r H ot oC/ l d wo r k Pe r m i t s a ocis a t ed wi t h t his jo b . re P itm N u m b :er
dA d it on a l eti m s l etsi d b e ol w:

5. Ga s te s t r eq u i r e d : Ye s / N o R e a pe t Tes t Fr que e nc y : E v e r y ho u r o se r l s
a. Fl a m m le ab (< 10% LEL*) Re s u lt Ti m e S i gna t u r e
b . T o x i c ga re s a d i n g
pyT e: ec A pt a leb Li :tmi Re s u lt Ti m e S i gna t u r e
pyT e: ec A pt a leb Li :tmi Re s u lt Ti m e S i gna t u r e
pyT e: ec A pt a leb Li :tmi Re s u lt Ti m e S i gna t u r e
pyT e: ec A pt a leb Li :tmi Re s u lt Ti m e S i gna t u r e
c . Ox y ge (n 19.5 to 23.5%) Re s u lt Ti m e S i gna t u r e
*LEL = Lo we r Exp l o s i v e Li m i t

6. I hav e p e r s aon l l chy e ck e d t he eovab a n d c o it nd o n s . er P m i ios n is gr a n det r of C o nfin e d caSp e Ent ry t o encmo e.
Ti m e Fro m : T o : eatD :
S i gn a t u r e : re A a S up e rv i s o r

7. S a f e t y D e p a r t m e n t ha s b e e n c o n s u tl e d a n d a gr e s w ti h t he a b ov e c no d it on s .
Fur t he r re c o m e n d a it o n s :
S i gn a t u r e : afS yet In s p otec r

8. I u n d e sr ta n d t he c o nd ti o n s a n d on yl wor k p e r m i t e d wil b e t a e m p et d . l A oc nd it o n s wil b e o b re s v .de


S i gn a t u r e : P er s o n i n C ha r ge o f Wo rk

168 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-13

page
11 of 11
SAF-13
Work Permits

Confined Space
CONFINED SPACE Entry
ENTRY Permit
PERMIT Page 2 of 2
DATE: PERMIT NUMBER:
Exact Location of Work Site:
Work to be Carried Out:

9. Work Completed.
Time: Date:
Signature: Person in Charge of Work

10. Work Accepted / Area & Equipment ready to return to normal use.
Time: Date:
Signature: Area Supervisor

Distribution: Original – Person in Charge of Work.


1st Copy - Area Supervisor, 2nd Copy - Safety Department, 3rd Copy - Permit Record Book
EXAMPLE PERMIT -- HIGH COMMISSION FOR INDUSTRIAL SECURITY MINISTRY OF INTERIOR, SAUDI ARABIA

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 169


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation,
Storage, and Use of Explosives
Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation,
Storage, and Use of Explosives
Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 175
1.1 Scope 175
1.2 Application 175
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 175
2 Definitions 175
3 References 171
4 General Requirements 171
4.1 Adoption of NFPA and IFC 171
4.2 Manufacture of Ammonium
Nitrate 171
4.3 Authorization Required 171
4.4 Security 171
4.5 Location of Manufacture and Storage 178
4.6 Permanent Storage Sites 178
4.7 Emergency Response to Fires 179
4.8 Lightning Protection 179
4.9 Engine Safety 179
4.10 Electrical Safety 179
4.11 HVAC 180
4.12 Transport and Portable Storage 180
4.13 Requirements for Explosive Facilities
Construction and Location 181
4.14 Fireworks and Pyrotechnics 182
Table 1 – Table of Distances for Storage of
Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.5 Explosives 183
Table 2 – Distances for Buildings Containing
Division 1.3 Explosives 185
Table 3 – Distances for Buildings Containing
Division 1.4 Explosives 186

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

174 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-14

page
1 of 12
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for the manufacture,
transportation, storage, handling, and use of explosives and blasting agents.
This directive does not apply to arsenals, navy yards, depots, or other estab-
lishments owned by or operated by the Saudi Government. The requirement
of this directive shall supplement and be used in conjunction with the
requirements of the referenced international codes and standards.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the General Secretariat of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the require-
ments of this directive shall be listed and submitted in a report of non-com-
pliance, with justification and rationale for not following the requirement,
and approval shall be received from the General Secretariat of the HCIS
prior to implementation. The documents shall be retained by the company
in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
Explosion: The act or an instance of bursting forth with sudden violence or noise
from internal energy via a rapid chemical reaction with the production of noise,
heat, and violent expansion of gases.
Explosive Classifications (in accordance with appendix E of the IFC):
Division 1.1. Explosives that have a mass explosion hazard. A mass explosion is
one which affects almost the entire load instantaneously. Examples are dynamite;
nitroglycerine; plastic explosives such as C-3, HMX, RDX; and encased explo-
sives.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 175


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-14 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 12
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

Division 1.2. Explosives that have a projection hazard but not a mass explosion
hazard. Examples are nondetonating encased explosives and military ammunition.
Division 1.3. Explosives that have a fire hazard and either a minor blast hazard or
a minor projection hazard or both, but not a mass explosion hazard. Examples are
smokeless powder, propellant explosives, and display fireworks.
Division 1.4. Explosives that pose a minor explosion hazard. The explosive effects
are largely confined to the package and no projection of fragments of appreciable
size or range is to be expected. An external fire must not cause virtually instanta-
neous explosion of almost the entire contents of the package. Examples are non-
detonating igniters (squibs), explosive actuators, and low level detonating cord.
Division 1.5. Very insensitive explosives. This division is comprised of substances
that have a mass explosion hazard but which are so insensitive that there is very lit-
tle probability of initiation or of transition from burning to detonation under nor-
mal conditions of transport. Examples are oxidizer and liquid fuel slurry mixtures
or ammonium nitrate combined with fuel oil.
Division 1.6. Extremely insensitive articles which do not have a mass explosion
hazard. This division is comprised of articles that contain only extremely insensi-
tive detonating substances and which demonstrate a negligible probability of acci-
dental initiation or propagation. This category covers low vulnerability military
weapons, which are not covered by this directive.
Fire Extinguisher Rating: A number that indicates the relative effectiveness fol-
lowed by a letter indicating the class or classes of fires for which the extinguisher
has been found to be effective. More information can be found in NFPA 10,
Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers.
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
ICC: International Building Code (IBC) and International Fire Code (IFC) are an
internationally recognized Codes provided by the International Code Council
(ICC), Website: http://www.iccsafe.org/
Listed Fire Extinguisher: A fire extinguisher that is tested and certified by an
independent testing lab to be suitable for its purpose and that the fire extinguisher
will meet its effectiveness rating.
Magazine: A building or structure, other than an explosives manufacturing facili-
ty, approved for the storage of explosive materials.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.

176 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-14

page
3 of 12
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
ICC IFC International Fire Code
NFPA 10 Portable Fire Extinguishers
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
NFPA 490 Storage of Ammonium Nitrate
NFPA 495 Explosive Materials Code
NFPA 498 Safe Havens for Vehicles Transporting Explosives
NFPA 780 Installation of Lightning Protection Systems
NFPA 1123 Fireworks Display
NFPA 1124 Fireworks and Pyrotechnic Articles
NFPA 1126 Use of Pyrotechnics Before a Proximate Audience

4. General Requirements
4.1 Adoption of NFPA and IFC
4.1.1 The requirements of NFPA 495 and the sections of the International Fire
Code (IFC) that address explosives and fireworks are adopted by this direc-
tive and shall be followed by companies that manufacture, transport, store,
handle, or use explosive materials.
4.1.2 Fire detection and protection systems shall be designed, installed, and main-
tained by qualified professional engineering, designers, and technicians
who are experienced and specialized in fire protection and detection design
and installation to meet the requirements of SAF-4 and this directive.
4.1.3 The identification of need and selection of type of fire protection system
should be based on a fire risk evaluation.
4.1.4 Fire detection and protection systems for buildings shall meet the require-
ments of SAF-3, SAF-4, and this directive.

4.2 Manufacture of Ammonium Nitrate


The requirements of NFPA 490 and NFPA 495, as applicable for ammoni-
um nitrate storage, shall be followed by companies that manufacture, store,
handle, or use solid forms of ammonium nitrate.

4.3 Authorization Required


The manufacture of any explosive material shall be prohibited unless autho-
rized by the appropriate Ministries including the Ministry of Interior.

4.4 Security
The owners shall ensure that they provide an adequate level of security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 177


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-14 High Commission for Industrial security

page
4 of 12
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

measures to protect their facilities by applying the requirements of SEC-1


and other security directives issued by the HCIS.

4.5 Location of Manufacture and Storage


4.5.1 The manufacture of any explosive material shall be prohibited where it pre-
sents an undue hazard to life or property.
4.5.2 Magazines shall be located away from neighboring inhabited buildings, rail-
ways, and highways to comply with Table 1, Table of Distances for Storage
of Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.5 Explosives; Table 2, Table of Distances for
Storage of Division 1.3 Explosives; or Table 3 for distances for Storage of
Division 1.4 Explosives; see below.
4.5.3 The maximum allowable storage of explosive materials in one magazine is
136,200 kilograms (300,000 pounds).

4.6 Permanent Storage Sites


4.6.1 Explosive storage sites, buildings or other facilities used for mixing blast-
ing agents, and the magazines located therein, shall meet the safety require-
ments of NFPA 495.
4.6.2 All explosive materials, except for those being transported or used, when
stored aboveground shall be kept in storage magazines that meet NFPA 495.
4.6.3 All explosives received from the Main Storage Magazine shall be stored in
field storage magazines designed for that purpose until the explosives are
withdrawn for use.
4.6.4 Explosive containers shall not be opened at an explosive storage site.
4.6.5 Explosive detonators shall be stored in a magazine dedicated to detonators.
Detonators shall not be stored in a magazine with other explosive materials
and products.
4.6.6 Permanent storage magazine walls, doors, and roofs shall be constructed to
be bullet-resistant by using the minimum construction specifications of
NFPA 495, Annex C.
4.6.7 The site shall be kept clear of all debris, grasses, shrubs, or trees.
4.6.8 Building walls, doors, and roofs shall be of noncombustible materials,
preferably reinforced concrete or masonry.
a. Floors and walls shall have a nonsparking surface to meet NFPA 495.
b. Doors and walls shall be bullet resistant.
4.6.9 Prominent signs in English and Arabic shall be posted at the entrance road
and along the perimeter fence at intervals no greater than 30 meters stating
the following: WARNING---NO SMOKING---NO TRESPASSING
4.6.10 Roads to explosive storage magazines shall be posted with signs in English
and Arabic, stating a warning message similar to the following:

178 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial security SAF-14

page
5 of 12
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

DANGER
NEVER FIGHT EXPLOSIVE FIRES
EXPLOSIVES ARE STORED ON THIS SITE
CALL ______________________
4.6.11 Electrical switchgear shall be located no less than 7.6 meters from maga-
zines.

4.7 Emergency Response to Fires


The local security forces, fire department, and other local emergency
response agencies shall be notified of the location and use of explosive stor-
age sites. A fire that cannot be contained before it reaches an area contain-
ing explosive materials shall prompt immediate evacuation of that site. In
such cases, all personnel shall be evacuated immediately to a safe location
and the site shall be guarded from entry by spectators or intruders. NO
ATTEMPT SHALL BE MADE TO FIGHT A MAGAZINE FIRE.

4.8 Lightning Protection


Lightning protection that meets NFPA 780 shall be provided for magazines,
buildings, and other storage site structures.

4.9 Engine Safety


Internal combustion engines to generate electricity shall be located outside
of magazines and mixing buildings. The engine exhaust system shall be
located so that sparks cannot endanger any materials inside or next to the
buildings of the site.

4.10 Electrical Safety


4.10.1 All electrical switches, controls, motors, and light fixtures located inside
magazines, mixing, or manufacturing facilities shall meet NFPA 70,
National Electrical Code, Articles 501, 502, 505, or 506 depending on the
process, properties of the materials being handled, operating conditions, and
design of the building.
4.10.2 Wiring shall be installed in rigid conduit.
4.10.3 Wiring leading to the magazine shall be installed underground.
4.10.4 Light fixtures shall be enclosed and suitably supported to prevent damage
to the light element and keep sparks or hot metal from falling onto the floor
or onto the material stored in the magazine.
4.10.5 Junction boxes within the magazine shall have no openings and shall be
equipped with close-fitting covers.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 179


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-14 High Commission for Industrial security

page
6 of 12
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

4.11 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)


4.11.1 Outdoor heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) systems shall
supply conditioned air to magazine, mixing, and manufacturing buildings.
Wall mounted air conditioning units are prohibited.
4.11.2 Mixing and other manufacturing buildings shall be well ventilated. Use of
exhaust fans shall be minimized as much as possible. Where exhaust fans
are used, the motors and associated electrical utilities shall meet NFPA 70,
National Electrical Code, Article 501.
4.11.3 Areas accessible used by personnel shall meet the HVAC requirements of
SAF-3, Plant Buildings.

4.12 Transportation and Portable Storage


4.12.1 Field storage magazines that are not portable shall meet the specifications
of NFPA 495, Type 1.
4.12.2 Portable magazines shall be of steel construction with a nonsparking interi-
or lining, adequate ventilation, and otherwise designed for the type of explo-
sive it will be transporting to meet the specifications of NFPA 495, Type 2.
4.12.3 Transportation and interim storage of explosives shall meet NFPA 495 and
NFPA 498, Safe Havens and Interchange Lots for Vehicles Transporting
Explosives and this directive.
4.12.4 Interim portable field storage shall be located no less than one kilometer
from a camp, residence or occupied dwelling, office, shopping area, or other
area of public use or assembly.
4.12.5 Vehicles for the transport of explosives on highways shall comply with the
basic requirements of NFPA 495 and shall
a) not carry matches, open light or other fire or flame, spark-producing
devices, or smoking materials.
b) be used exclusively for explosives.
c) not be left unattended. Parking of vehicles transporting explosives shall
only take place in a safe haven or interchange lot that meets NFPA 498.
d) proceed directly to the work location. No detours and no stops are
allowed unless in a safe haven or interchange lot that meets NFPA 498
or the destination work site.
e) be provided with at least 2 listed fire extinguishers.
f) be equipped so that the vehicle and trailer are grounded, earth to ground.
4.12.6 Vehicles transporting explosive materials shall avoid congested areas and
heavy traffic. Where routes are designated by the local authorities around
congested areas, such routes shall be followed.
4.12.7 Vehicles transporting explosives shall be Diesel driven and shall be serviced
with fuel and lubricating oil before explosives are loaded.

180 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial security SAF-14

page
7 of 12
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

4.13 Requirements of Explosive Facilities Construction and


Location
4.13.1 Facilities that manufacture explosive materials shall meet the following
requirements:
4.13.2 A scope of work for new facilities that manufacture explosive or pyrotech-
nic materials shall be provided to the HCIS for review.
a. Design for new manufacturing facilities shall meet the requirements of
this directive and the referenced codes and standards.
b. A report shall be provided that covers how the design is in compliance.
Plans and drawings shall be provided for security, fire detection, fire
protection, structural, and electrical design, including a listing of the
applicable requirements that are applied in the design.
4.13.3 Explosives manufacturing, raw materials for explosive manufacturing, and
storage facility for finished products shall be inside of secured areas.
4.13.4 Storage of all raw materials shall be inside of the secured areas.
4.13.5 The manufacturing site shall not be located on lands previously reserved for
a government or private entity; shall not be on any of the oil and natural gas
concession areas of any company or the areas of concession for oil and gas
exploration; shall not be in areas of mining concessions; and shall not be
near or on any of the kingdom’s wildlife reserved areas or site that is a nat-
ural home to wildlife. Allocating the site shall not result in the removal of
existing wild plants and trees.
4.13.6 The manufacturing site shall be inside Saudi Arabia and located according
to the following spacing requirements:
a) at least 100 kilometers from the nearest border.
b) no less than 50 kilometers from the nearest city boundary.
c) no less than 5 kilometers from petroleum facilities and oil and gas
pipelines, dams, irrigation and drainage channels, water pipelines,
desalination and power plants.
d) no less than 3 kilometers from railways and public roads (except for pri-
vate rail spur or roadways that service the facility).
e) shall have a buffer security zone no less than 2 kilometers wide, which
is dedicated only to clear space. This zone shall not be leased, rented, or
developed in any way.
f) shall not be adjacent to television and radio transmission towers, mili-
tary and civil communication towers, and high voltage overhead power
lines, except those dedicated to serve the facility.
g) shall not be exposed to moving sands, shall not be on a low level area
where rain waters would accumulate or run through, and there shall be
no valleys and water springs that run through the area.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 181


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-14 High Commission for Industrial security

page
8 of 12
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

h) shall be no less than 1 kilometer square in size. The site shall have roads
along the entire perimeter of the site. The perimeter roads shall be no
less than 50 meters wide.
i) shall be accessible by at least two routes.
j) the land shall be clear of any tribal or personal dispute.
k) the site shall have the possibility of being provided with public service
utilities.
l) the site’s lease shall comply with the rules and regulations of the
Ministry of Municipal & Rural Affairs.
m) location of the site shall be subject to the approval of the Ministry of
Municipal and Rural Affairs.
4.14 Fireworks and Pyrotechnics
Manufacture, transportation, storage, use of fireworks, pyrotechnic articles,
and the display of these materials shall meet the safety requirements of
NFPA 1123, 1124, and 1126.

182 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial security SAF-14

page
9 of 12
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

TABLE 1 - TABLE OF DISTANCES FOR STORAGE OF DIVISION 1.1, 1.2 OR 1.5 EXPLOSIVES

DISTANCES IN METERS
QUANTITY OF
Public highways with Public highways with
EXPLOSIVE Inhabited traffic volume less than traffic volume greater than Separation of
MATERIALS buildings 3,000 vehicles per day and magazines
3,000 vehicles per day passenger railways
Kilograms
Kilograms
not Barricaded Unbarricaded Barricaded Unbarricaded Barricaded Unbarricaded Barricaded Unbarricaded
over
over
0 2 21 43 9 18 16 31 2 4
2 5 27 55 11 21 20 39 2 5
5 9 34 67 14 27 25 49 3 6
9 14 38 76 15 30 28 57 3 7
14 18 43 85 17 34 31 63 4 7
18 23 46 91 18 37 34 67 4 9
23 34 52 104 21 43 39 77 5 9
34 45 58 116 23 46 42 85 5 10
45 57 61 122 24 49 46 91 5 11
57 68 66 131 26 52 48 97 6 12
68 91 72 143 29 58 53 107 6 13
91 114 78 155 32 64 58 115 7 14
114 136 82 165 34 67 61 123 7 15
136 182 90 180 37 72 67 135 8 16
182 227 98 195 40 79 73 145 9 18
227 272 73 146 41 82 77 154 9 19
272 318 108 216 44 88 81 162 10 20
318 363 114 229 46 91 85 169 10 20
363 409 119 238 47 94 88 176 11 21
409 454 122 244 49 98 91 183 11 22
454 545 130 259 50 101 97 194 12 24
545 636 137 274 52 104 102 205 12 25
636 726 143 287 53 107 107 214 13 26
726 817 149 299 55 110 112 223 13 27
817 908 154 308 56 113 115 230 14 27
908 1135 166 332 58 116 124 249 15 30
1135 1362 177 354 59 119 132 263 16 32
1362 1816 194 387 64 128 144 289 18 35
1816 2270 209 418 69 137 156 313 19 37
2270 2724 223 445 72 143 166 333 20 40
2724 3178 235 469 75 149 175 349 21 41
3178 3632 244 488 76 152 183 366 22 44
3632 4086 255 509 78 155 190 380 23 46
4086 4540 264 527 79 158 197 393 24 48
4540 5448 267 533 82 165 209 419 25 50

TABLE 1 is continued on the next page.

Table 1 – Table of Distances for Storage of Division 1.1, 1.2 or 1.5 Explosives

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 183


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-14 High Commission for Industrial security

page
10 of 12
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

TABLE 1 (continued from previous page)

TABLE 1 - TABLE OF DISTANCES FOR STORAGE OF DIVISION 1.1, 1.2 OR 1.5 EXPLOSIVES

DISTANCES IN METERS
QUANTITY OF
Public highways with Public highways with
EXPLOSIVE Inhabited traffic volume less than traffic volume greater than Separation of
MATERIALS buildings 3,000 vehicles per day and magazines
3,000 vehicles per day passenger railways
Kilograms
Kilograms
not Barricaded Unbarricaded Barricaded Unbarricaded Barricaded Unbarricaded Barricaded Unbarricaded
over
over
5448 6356 270 539 84 168 220 441 27 53
6356 7264 274 549 85 171 230 461 27 55
7264 8172 287 573 87 174 240 479 29 57
8172 9080 297 594 88 177 248 496 30 60
9098 11,350 322 610 96 192 267 534 32 64
11,350 13,620 344 610 104 207 284 569 34 68
13,680 15,890 367 610 110 219 299 598 36 73
15,890 18,160 389 610 116 232 313 610 38 76
18,160 20,430 408 610 112 244 326 610 39 79
20,430 22,700 427 610 128 256 336 610 41 82
22,700 24,970 445 610 134 268 347 610 43 85
24,970 27,240 462 610 139 277 358 610 44 88
27,240 29,510 477 610 143 287 368 610 46 91
29,510 31,780 491 610 148 296 377 610 47 94
31,780 34,050 504 610 152 305 385 610 49 98
34,050 36,320 517 610 155 311 394 610 50 101
36,320 38,590 527 610 158 317 401 610 52 104
38,590 40,860 536 610 162 323 410 610 53 107
40,860 43,130 546 610 165 329 417 610 55 110
43,130 45,400 553 610 166 332 424 610 56 113
45,400 49,940 559 610 168 335 438 610 59 119
49,940 54,480 565 610 169 338 451 610 62 125
54,480 59,020 572 610 171 341 464 610 66 131
59,020 63,5600 576 610 172 344 475 610 69 137
63,560 68,100 579 610 174 347 486 610 72 143
68,100 72640 590 610 177 354 497 610 75 149
72,640 77,180 599 610 180 360 507 610 78 155
77,180 81,720 607 610 183 366 517 610 81 162
81,720 86,260 613 613 184 369 526 610 84 168
86,260 90,800 619 619 186 372 535 610 87 174
90,800 95,340 626 626 189 378 543 610 90 180
95,340 104,420 640 640 194 387 560 610 96 192
104,420 113,500 657 657 198 396 576 610 102 204
113,500 124,850 675 675 204 408 594 610 110 219
124,850 136,200 693 693 210 421 610 610 117 235
From International Code Council, American Table of Distances for Storage of Explosives converted to SI units.

Table 1 (continued from previous page)

184 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial security SAF-14

page
11 of 12
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

NOTES FOR TABLE 1 - TABLE OF DISTANCES FOR STORAGE OF DIVISION 1.1, 1.2 OR 1.5 EXPLOSIVES
(ABOVE):
a. This table applies only to the manufacture and permanent storage of commercial explosive materials that
are Class 1.1, 1.2 or 1.5 explosives (see definitions). It is not applicable to transportation of explosives
or any handling or temporary storage necessary or incident thereto. It is not intended to apply to bombs,
projectiles or other heavily encased explosives.
b. Storage in excess of 136,200 kilograms of explosive materials in one magazine is not allowed.
c. Where a manufacturing building on an explosive materials plant site is designed to contain explosive
materials such building shall be located with respect to its proximity to inhabited buildings, public high-
ways and passenger railways based on the maximum quantity of explosive materials permitted to be in
the building at one lime.
d. Where two or more storage magazines are located on the same property each magazine shall comply
with the minimum distances specified from inhabited buildings, railways and highways, and, in addition
they should be separated from each other by not less than the distances shown for separation of maga-
zines, except that the quantity of explosives in detonator magazines shall govern in regard to the spac-
ing of said detonator magazines from magazines containing other explosive materials. Where any two
or more magazines are separated from each other by less than the specified separation of magazines dis-
tances, then two or more such magazines, as a group, shall be considered as one magazine, and the total
quantity of explosive materials stored in such group shall be treated as if stored in a single magazine
located on the site of any magazine in the group and shall comply with the minimum distances specified
from other magazines, inhabited buildings, rail-ways and highways.
e. Conversion from2 ICC
TABLE tables toFOR
- DISTANCES SI units: 1 foot CONTAINING
BUILDINGS = 304.8 millimeters;
DIVISION11.3
pound = 0.454 kilograms
EXPLOSIVES

QUANTITY OF DIVISION 1.3


DISTANCES IN METERS
EXPLOSIVES
Kilograms Kilograms Inhabited Passenger railways and public Magazines and operating
over not over buildings highways buildings
0 454 23 23 15
454 2,270 35 35 23
2,270 4,540 46 46 30
4,540 9,080 58 58 38
9,080 13,620 66 66 44
13,620 18,160 72 72 47
18,160 22,700 76 76 50
22,700 27,240 79 79 53
27,240 31,780 82 82 56
31,780 36,320 85 85 58
36,320 40,860 90 90 59
40,860 45,400 91 91 61
45,400 90,800 114 114 76
90,800 136,200 137 137 91
From International Code Council

Table 2 – Distances for Buildings Containing Division 1.3 Explosives


NOTES FOR TABLE 2 – DISTANCES FOR BUILDINGS CONTAINING DIVISION 1.3 EXPLOSIVES
(ABOVE):
a. Black powder, when stored in magazines, is defined as a Division 1.3 explosive.
b. For quantities less than 454 kilograms, the required distances are those specified for 454 kilograms. The use of
lesser distances is permitted when supported by approved test data and/or analysis.
c. Linear interpolation of explosive quantities between table entries is permitted.
d. Conversion from ICC tables to SI units: 1 foot = 304.8 millimeters; 1 pound = 0.454 kilograms

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 185


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-14 High Commission for Industrial security

page
12 of 12
SAF-14
Safe Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Use of
Explosives Materials and Pyrotechnic Articles

TABLE 3 - DISTANCES FOR BUILDINGS CONTAINING DIVISION 1.4 EXPLOSIVES

QUANTITY OF DIVISION 1.4


DISTANCES IN FEET
EXPLOSIVES
Kilograms Kilograms not Inhabited Passenger railways and public Magazines and operating
over over buildings highways buildings
a
23 Not Limited 30 30 15
From International Code Council

Table 3 – Distances for Buildings Containing Division 1.4 Explosives


NOTE FOR TABLE 3 - DISTANCES FOR BUILDINGS CONTAINING DIVISION 1.4 EXPLOSIVES:
a. A separation distance of 30 meters is required for buildings of other than Type 1 or Type 2 Construction as defined in
NFPA 495.

186 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-15
Private Industrial Fleet Vehicle Filling
Stations

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-15
Private Industrial Fleet Vehicle
Filling Stations
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial security

SAF-15
Private Industrial Fleet Vehicle
Filling Stations

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 191
1.1 Scope 191
1.2 Application 191
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 191
2 Definitions 191
3 References 192
4 General Requirements 192
4.1 Design 192
4.2 Fuel Storage 192
4.3 Electrical Design 193
4.4 Safety Signs 193
4.5 Fire Extinguishers 193
4.6 Ventilation 193
4.7 Generator Spacing 194
4.8 Offloading Fuel 194
4.9 Emergency Shutoff Switch 194
4.10 Security 194

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

190 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial security SAF-15

page
1 of 4
SAF-15
Private Industrial Fleet Vehicle
Filling Stations

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for the safety, location,
layout, design, and construction of private industrial fuel filling stations for
the direct filling of fleet vehicles. This directive does not apply to fuel sell-
ing and distribution stations that serve the public.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
Listed: A device that is tested and certified by an independent testing lab to be suit-
able for its purpose.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
UL: Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Website: http://www.ul.com/

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 191


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-15 High Commission for Industrial security

page
2 of 4
SAF-15
Private Industrial Fleet Vehicle
Filling Stations

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
API STD 2000 Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks
NFPA 10 Portable Fire Extinguishers
NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
NFPA 30A Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
UL 58 Standard for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and
Combustible Liquids
UL 142 Standard for Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and
Combustible Liquids
UL 1316 Standard for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Plastic Underground
Storage Tanks for Petroleum Products, Alcohols, and Alcohol-
Gasoline Mixtures
UL 1746 Standard for External Corrosion Protection Systems for Steel
Underground Storage Tanks
UL 2080 Standard for Fire Resistant Tanks for Flammable and
Combustible Liquids
UL 2085 Protected Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible
Liquids
UL 2245 Standard of Below-Grade Vaults for Flammable Liquid Storage
Tanks

4. General Requirements
4.1 Design
4.1.1 The applicable requirements of NFPA 30A shall be followed to the extent
possible for private fleet vehicle fueling facilities and their operations.
4.1.2 Access to a fleet filling station shall be located so that vehicles are not be
required to go into the primary secured area of an operating plant or manu-
facturing facility.
4.1.3 Fuel dispensing systems shall meet all the criteria in NFPA 30A.

4.2 Fuel Storage


4.2.1 Atmospheric storage tanks for fleet fueling facilities shall be designed and
constructed to meet one or more of the applicable standards: UL 58, UL
142, UL 1316, UL 1746, UL 2080, or UL 2085.
4.2.2 Tanks designed for underground use shall not be installed for aboveground
use.
4.2.3 Vents shall be sized in accordance with API STD 2000. Alternatively, the
vent sizing requirement can be met by making the vent diameter as large as
the diameter of largest filling or withdrawal connection. The vent termina-

192 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial security SAF-15

page
3 of 4
SAF-15
Private Industrial Fleet Vehicle
Filling Stations

tion shall to a safe, well-ventilated location well away (but in no case less
than 5 meters) from roads, property boundaries, fences, buildings, and any
sources of potential ignition.
4.2.4 Tanks, whether above or below grade, shall be installed inside liquid-tight
reinforced concrete vaults that meet the specifications of NFPA 30A.
a) Underground vaults shall be constructed in accordance with UL 2245.
b) The walls and floor of the vault shall be constructed of reinforced con-
crete at least 150 millimeters thick.
c) The top and floor of the vault shall be designed to withstand the antici-
pated loads according to good engineering practice.
d) The vault shall be secured from entry by a fence, grating, or other means
to prevent unauthorized entry. The vault entrance shall be kept locked
and the key kept under the custody of a responsible employee who has
been trained to meet the requirements of SAF-13, Work Permits. A
warning sign requiring a confined space entry permit shall be posted
nearby, installed, or painted on the vault.
4.3 Electrical Design
4.3.1 Electrical equipment, lighting, and wiring shall meet NFPA 70. All electri-
cal equipment in proximity to fuel shall be approved for the hazard in accor-
dance with NFPA 30A and SAF-12, Electrical Safety.
4.3.2 Fuel dispensing areas and the inside of storage tank vaults shall be electri-
cally classified in accordance with NFPA 30A.
4.3.3 All equipment, connections, and wiring shall be labeled in a manner that
clearly indicates their functions.
4.3.4 The metal casing of all electrical equipment, conduits, connection boxes,
and cables shall be properly grounded in accordance with NFPA 70.
4.4 Safety Signs
4.4.1 Warning signs shall be prominently displayed in Arabic and English pro-
hibiting smoking or running of a vehicle engine while fueling.
4.4.2 Emergency telephone numbers shall be shall be prominently displayed in
Arabic and English.

4.5 Fire Extinguishers


Fuel dispensing areas and associated facilities and buildings shall be pro-
vided with the appropriate hand held fire extinguishers installed, inspected,
and maintained to meet NFPA 10.

4.6 Ventilation
Appropriate and effective precautions shall be taken to provide suitable ven-
tilation to any building inside the fuel station to meet SAF-3, Plant
Buildings.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 193


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-15 High Commission for Industrial security

page
4 of 4
SAF-15
Private Industrial Fleet Vehicle
Filling Stations

4.7 Generator Spacing


A power generator engine, if provided, shall be spaced no less than 10
meters from any fuel tank, pump, ventilation pipe opening or other poten-
tial source of vapors.

4.8 Offloading Fuel


4.8.1 When offloading fuel from tank trucks to the station’s tanks, the following
requirements shall be followed:
4.8.2 The amount of fuel shall be measured in the tank truck and the storage tank
to ascertain that the storage tank will hold the quantity to be offloaded with-
out overflowing.
4.8.3 The tank truck hand brakes shall be applied to prevent the truck from mov-
ing.
4.8.4 The tank truck shall be safely discharged via a grounding connection prior
to starting offloading operations.
4.8.5 Offloading shall be conducted under the supervision of the tank truck driver
and a representative of the station.
4.8.6 Should there be any spill of liquid fuel while offloading, the offloading
operation shall be halted until the condition is corrected and the spill
cleaned up.

4.9 Emergency Shutoff Switch


4.9.1 Filling stations shall be provided with one or more clearly identified emer-
gency shutoff switches installed no less than 2 meters nor more than 10
meters from the dispensing area.
4.9.2 The emergency shutoff switches shall electrically disconnect all remote
pumps, associated power, control and signal circuits, and all devices in the
fuel dispensing area.
4.9.3 The emergency shutoff switches shall be clearly identified with large letters
clearly marked in Arabic and English.

4.10 Security
The owners shall ensure that they provide an adequate level of security mea-
sures to protect their facilities by applying the requirements of SEC-1 and
other security directives issued by the HCIS.

194 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-16
Bulk Plants and Air Fueling Support
Facilities

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-16
Bulk Plants and Air Fueling
Support Facilities
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial security

SAF-16
Bulk Plants and Air Fueling
Support Facilities

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 199
1.1 Scope 199
1.2 Application 199
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 199
2 Definitions 199
3 References 200
4 General Requirements 201
4.1 Design 201
4.2 Loading and Unloading 201
4.3 Overfill Protection 202
4.4 Switch Loading Prevention 203
4.5 Fire Detection 203
4.6 Fire Protection 203
4.7 Storage Tanks 203
4.8 Safety Signs 203
4.9 Building Design 204
4.10 Power Generation 204
4.11 Security 204

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

198 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial security SAF-16

page
1 of 6
SAF-16
Bulk Plants and Air Fueling
Support Facilities

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for the safety, location,
layout, design, and construction of bulk fuel plants and air fueling support
facilities.

1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations


Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
Air Fueling Support Facilities: Bulk receiving and storage facilities associated
with supplying fuel to airports.
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
Bottom Loading System: A system in which liquid products are loaded into a
truck tank through one or more connections in the bottom of the tank.
Bulk Plant: A facility, whose primary function is to receive and store refined petro-
leum products in storage tanks for the primary purpose of distribution by tank
truck, rail tank car, and pipeline.
FAA: Federal Aviation Administration, Website: http://www.faa.gov/ats/ata/ai/in-
dex.html
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 199


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-16 High Commission for Industrial security

page
2 of 6
SAF-16
Bulk Plants and Air Fueling
Support Facilities

Listed: A device that is tested and certified by an independent testing lab to be suit-
able for its purpose.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
Switch Loading: The practice of loading a low vapor pressure product into a tank
which previously contained a high or intermediate vapor pressure product, result-
ing in a flammable atmosphere while loading the low vapor pressure product. An
example of switch loading is when a heavy fuel oil is loaded into a tank that pre-
viously contained gasoline. This creates a potentially hazardous condition, a flam-
mable air-fuel mixture where static electricity may be discharged. This type of con-
tamination can happen even when the tank vehicle is free from standing liquid from
the previous load. See API RP 2003 and NFPA 77 for more information.
Top Loading System: A truck or rail car tank loading system in which liquid prod-
ucts fill a road or rail vehicle tank via hoses or loading arms, through one or more
openings in the top of the tank. Top loading is used primarily for loading hot
asphalt, heavy fuel oil, and molten sulfur. Most truck loading and unloading facil-
ities in Saudi Arabia are bottom loading systems which reduce exposure of employ-
ees and truck operators to vapors and helps reduce the fire hazard.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
API RP 1004 Bottom Loading and Vapor Recovery for MC-306 Tank Motor
Vehicles
API RP 1540 Design, Construction, Operation and Maintenance of Aviation
Fuelling Facilities
API STD 1542 Identification Markings for Dedicated Aviation Fuel Manu-
facturing and Distribution Facilities, Airport Storage and Mobile
Fuelling Equipment
API STD 1595 Design, Construction, Operation, Maintenance, and Inspection of
Aviation Pre-Airfield Storage Terminals
API RP 2003 Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out Of Static, Lightening, And
Stray Currents
NFPA 10 Portable Fire Extinguishers
NFPA 15 Water Spray Fixed Systems
NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
NFPA 30A Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code

200 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial security SAF-16

page
3 of 6
SAF-16
Bulk Plants and Air Fueling
Support Facilities

NFPA 77 Static Electricity


NFPA 407 Aircraft Fuel Servicing

4. General Requirements
4.1 Design
4.1.1 Design and operation of air fueling facilities shall meet NFPA 30, NFPA
407, API 1540, API 1542, API 1595, and this directive.
4.1.2 Design and operations of bottom loading/unloading systems for liquid
tanker vehicles shall meet API RP 1004 and the requirements of this direc-
tive. Tank vehicle loading and unloading of LPG shall be via a closed sys-
tem.
4.1.3 Connections for overfill protection and bonding cable sensors on the tank
truck shall be via a multiple-pin plug that is specifically designed for that
purpose.
4.1.4 A vapor motion sensing interlock system shall be provided for each bay to
indicate that the vapor collection/disposal system is venting properly during
operation (no flow shall stop loading). The vapor collection/disposal leg of
each truck loading/unloading bay shall be vented individually.
4.1.5 Vehicle drive-away protection for bulk plant loading facilities shall be by
drive-away air-brake interlock and traffic light.
4.1.6 Vapor recovery, as described in API RP 1004, is not required by this direc-
tive unless mandated by the local authority on environment protection.
4.1.7 Layout, access, and spacing of bulk plants, air fueling support facilities, and
the associated storage shall comply with SAF-3, Plant Buildings; SAF-6,
Plant Layout, Spacing, and Access; and SAF-8, Storage Tanks and Storage
Vessels.
4.1.8 Traffic patterns for trucks shall be designed as one-way through traffic.
Entrance paths shall not cross exit paths. Counterflow lanes or mixed traf-
fic patterns are prohibited.
4.1.9 Electrical equipment, lighting, and wiring shall meet NFPA 70. All electri-
cal equipment shall be approved for the service and hazard in accordance
with SAF-12, Electrical Safety.

4.2 Loading and Unloading


4.2.1 Loading and unloading operations and facilities shall meet the requirements
in NFPA 30.
4.2.2 Loading systems shall be provided with drainage systems that meet SAF-5,
Industrial Drainage or other effective means to contain spills.
4.2.3 Tank car facilities where flammable and combustible liquids are loaded or
unloaded shall be protected against stray currents.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 201


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-16 High Commission for Industrial security

page
4 of 6
SAF-16
Bulk Plants and Air Fueling
Support Facilities

a) Bonding, grounding, and other types of protection against ignitions aris-


ing out of static or stray electrical currents shall meet NFPA 30, API RP
2003, and NFPA 77.
b) Static electricity charges can be created and stored in tanks during fill-
ing, and in other locations of turbulent fuel flow because fuels are poor
conductors. Before loading tank vehicles, a bonding connection shall be
made to the vehicle or tank and shall remain in place until filling is com-
pleted.
c) Where tank cars and tank vehicles are loaded through closed connec-
tions, such as a conventional fuel truck loading arm designed for this
purpose, no separate bonding connection is required.
d) Fuel fill rates of liquids into tank car or tank truck shall be controlled,
providing a slow-flow start, intermediate increase to a maximum load-
ing rate, and final slow-flow loading during a normal loading cycle
according to API RP 2003. The slow-flow initial rate shall not exceed 1
meter per second velocity in any part of the loading system until there
is sufficient liquid level to submerge the liquid fill pipe by two pipe
diameters above the truck’s inlet nozzle. Maximum loading rate shall be
limited to a velocity no greater than 7 meters per second in any part of
the loading system as required by API RP 2003.
4.2.4 When offloading fuel from tank trucks, the following requirements shall be
followed.
a) The amount of fuel shall be measured in the tank truck and the storage
tank to ascertain that the storage tank will hold the quantity to be
offloaded without overflowing.
b) The tank truck hand brakes shall be applied to prevent the truck from
moving.
c) The tank truck shall be safely discharged via a grounding connection
prior to starting offloading operations.
d) Offloading shall be conducted under the supervision of the tank truck
driver and with permission from the representative of the bulk plant or
air fueling support facility.
e) Loading/unloading arms or hoses shall be mounted so as not to trap the
operator between the arms during hookup. Parking couplings should be
provided when the arms/hoses are not in service.
4.3 Overfill Protection
When bottom loading a tank vehicle, a positive means shall be provided for
loading a predetermined quantity of liquid. In addition, a secondary auto-
matic shutoff control shall be provided to prevent overfill of the tank. The
automatic system shall also have a manual shutoff valve (or actuating but-
ton) located a safe distance (at least 7.5 meters) from the loading nozzle to
stop the flow.

202 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial security SAF-16

page
5 of 6
SAF-16
Bulk Plants and Air Fueling
Support Facilities

4.4 Switch Loading Prevention


Tank vehicle filling operations shall be controlled in such a way as to pre-
vent switch loading (see definition above) and other special situations that
can result in flammable atmospheres where they would not be typically
expected. See API RP 2003 and NFPA 77 for more information.

4.5 Fire Detection


Fire detection shall be provided for where tank vehicle loading is taking
place. Fire detection shall meet NFPA 72. Design, drawings, and installation
shall be done by professional engineering and design personnel who are
qualified, experienced, and specialized in fire protection and detection
design.

4.6 Fire Protection


4.6.1 Fire protection shall be provided to meet SAF-4, Fire Protection Systems.
4.6.2 A fixed fire water spray system shall be provided at liquid petroleum gas
(LPG) vehicle loading lanes to keep a truck tank cool if a leak or fire should
occur until the source of fuel can be isolated. The water system shall be able
to be turned on manually or automatically via a fire detection system. Fixed
water spray systems shall meet NFPA 15.
4.6.3 For other combustible product loading facilities, a fixed foam-water spray
system shall be provided for loading tank vehicle lanes and the fixed island
loading equipment and piping. The foam-water system shall be actuated
manually or automatically via a fire detection system. Fixed foam-water fire
protection systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with the
requirements of NFPA 16.
4.6.4 Design, drawings, and hydraulic calculations shall be designed and installed
by professional engineering and design personnel who are qualified, expe-
rienced, and specialized in fire protection and detection design.
4.6.5 Listed portable fire extinguishers shall be provided for facilities in such
quantities, sizes, and types as could be needed for the special hazards of
operation. Fuel loading areas and associated facilities and buildings shall be
provided with an adequate number of fire extinguishers installed, inspected,
and maintained to meet NFPA 10.

4.7 Storage Tanks


Bulk plant and air fueling liquid storage tanks shall meet SAF-8, Storage
Tanks and Storage Vessels. For product storage tanks at air fueling termi-
nals, elevated tank withdrawal (floating suction) and downstream filtration
shall be provided.

4.8 Safety Signs


4.8.1 Warning signs shall be prominently displayed in Arabic and English

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 203


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-16 High Commission for Industrial security

page
6 of 6
SAF-16
Bulk Plants and Air Fueling
Support Facilities

prohibiting smoking, use of mobile phones, or running of a vehicle engine


while fueling.
4.8.2 Emergency telephone numbers shall be shall be prominently displayed in
English and Arabic.

4.9 Building Design


Buildings shall meet SAF-3, Plant Buildings.

4.10 Power Generation


A power generator engine, if provided, shall be spaced no less than 10
meters from any fuel tank, pump, ventilation pipe opening or other poten-
tial source of vapors.

4.11 Security
The owners shall ensure that they provide an adequate level of security mea-
sures to protect their facilities by applying the requirements of SEC-1 and
other security directives issued by the HCIS.

204 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-17
Offshore Production Facilities

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-17
Offshore Production Facilities
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-17
Offshore Production Facilities

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 209
1.1 Scope 209
1.2 Application 209
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 209
2 Definitions 209
3 References 210
4 General Requirements 211
4.1 Design 211
4.2 Access and Egress 213
4.3 Lifting Devices 214
4.4 Offshore Heliports 214
4.5 Security 214
4.6 Aviation and Marine Obstructions 215
4.7 EH&S Management 215
Table 1 – Minimum Number of Navigation
Marking Lights for Offshore Structures 215

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

208 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-17

page
1 of 7
SAF-17
Offshore Production Facilities

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for the design and
installation of fire protection and other life safety features of offshore crude
oil and natural gas production and processing facilities, such as platforms
gas-oil separation, gas compression, personnel accommodations, and
unmanned wellhead platforms.
1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire Protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations
Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the General Secretariat of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the require-
ments of this directive shall be listed and submitted in a report of non-com-
pliance, with justification and rationale for not following the requirement,
and approval shall be received from the General Secretariat of the HCIS
prior to implementation. The documents shall be retained by the company
in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
Accommodations: Living quarters for employees where services such as lodging and food
services are provided.
Air foam: Firefighting foam of any type that is an aggregate of air-filled bubbles formed
from aqueous solutions. Refer to NFPA 11 for more information.
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org//
“Approved” (lifejacket, life preserver, survival craft): Personal floatation appliance or
survival craft that has been tested by and meets the requirements of the US Coast Guard,
SOLAS, or another equivalent internationally or Saudi recognized certifying authority.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 209


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-17 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 7
SAF-17
Offshore Production Facilities

Building: Any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupan-
cy. This includes equipment shelters, switchgear or motor control centers, living quarters,
security houses, helicopter staging offices, control rooms, maintenance shops, storage
areas, and offices. This does not include open-sided sun shelters, platform decks, turbine air
intakes, or engine enclosures.
FAA: Federal Aviation Administration, Website: http://www.faa.gov/ats/ata/ai/index.html
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
IALA: International Association of Lighthouse Authorities, France, Website: http://site.
ialathree.org/
Listed: A device that is tested, or otherwise assessed, and certified by an independent test-
ing lab to be suitable for its expressed purpose. Many devices, such as smoke detectors and
life preservers, are “listed” for their intended use.
Manned Platform: For purposes of this directive, "manned platform" shall mean a plat-
form where operating or maintenance personnel are normally found for at least one full
shift each working day. This includes offshore platforms that are bridge connected to
manned platforms.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or establishment.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
SOLAS: International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), International
Maritime Organization (IMO), London, Website: http://www.imo.org/
Tie-In Platform: Offshore Platforms where several flowlines are combined into a trunk-
line.
Unmanned Platform: Stand-alone platforms with no bridge connection to a manned plat-
form.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
API RP 2A-LRFD Planning, Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore Plat-
forms – Load and Resistance Factor Design
API RP 2A-WSD Planning, Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore Plat-
forms – Working Stress Design
API RP 2D Operation and Maintenance of Cranes
API RP 2FPS Planning, Designing, and Constructing Floating Production
Systems
API RP 2L Planning, Designing, and Constructing Heliports for Fixed Off-
shore Platforms
API RP 6A Specification for Wellhead Equipment
API RP 6AV1 Specification for Verification Test of Wellhead surface Safety
Valves and Underwater Safety Valves for Offshore Service
API RP 14B Design, Installation, Repair and Operation of Subsurface
Safety Valve Systems

210 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-17

page
3 of 7
SAF-17
Offshore Production Facilities

API RP 14C Analysis, Design, Installation, and Testing of Basic Surface


Safety Systems for Offshore Production Platforms
API RP 14E Design and Installation of Offshore Production Platform
Piping Systems
API RP 14F Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Fixed and
Floating Offshore Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and
Class I, Division 1 and Division 2 Locations
API RP 14FZ Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Fixed and
Floating Offshore Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and
Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1 and Zone 2 Locations
API RP 14G Fire Prevention and Control on Open Type Offshore Production
Platforms
API RP 14H Installation, Maintenance, and Repair of Surface Safety Valves
and Underwater Safety Valves Offshore
API RP 14J Design and Hazards Analysis for Offshore Production
Facilities
FAA Circular AC 70/7460-1K, Obstruction Marking and Lighting
IALA O-114 Recommendations on the Marking of Offshore Structures
NFPA 11 Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam
NFPA 101 Life Safety Code
NFPA 418 Heliports
SOLAS International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea

4. General Requirements
4.1 Design
4.1.1 Design and construction of fixed offshore manned and unmanned oil and
gas production platforms shall meet API RP 14J and its references.
Structural and load considerations shall meet the applicable requirements of
API RP 2A-LRFD and/or API RP 2A-WSD.
4.1.2 All production systems shall include safety devices that are integrated into
an automatic safety system designed to shut down, isolate, and/or de-pres-
sure part or all of the production system upon the detection of process upsets
or component failure. A manual shutdown shall serve as backup to the auto-
matic system. The safety systems shall be tested, inspected, and calibrated
on a regular basis to provide confidence that they will function as designed.
Design, installation, and operation of platform safety shutdown, isolation
and depressuring systems shall meet API RP 14C and SAF-11, Emergency
Shutdown, Isolation, and Depressuring.
4.1.3 Wellhead platforms shall be designed to shut down all hydrocarbon sources
to that platform immediately upon detection of fire, abnormal low pressure

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 211


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-17 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 7
SAF-17
Offshore Production Facilities

in the piping system, and unusual high pressure in the piping system.
a) Subsurface safety valves shall be installed in all producing oil and gas
wells that can flow without artificial lift. Design, installation, and oper-
ation of subsurface safety valves shall meet API RP 14B.
b) Surface safety systems shall be provided on all offshore hydrocarbon
producing platforms to meet API RP 14C and API RP 14H.
Specifications of safety system isolation valves shall meet API RP
6AV1.
c) Wellhead design shall meet API RP 6A.
4.1.4 Fire prevention, fire detection and alarms, and fire protection design shall
meet API RP 14G.
4.1.5 Fire detection on any manned or unmanned production related offshore plat-
form shall automatically shut down all hydrocarbon sources to that plat-
form.
4.1.6 Pressure piping and vessels shall be meet the applicable requirements of
API RP 14E and SAF-10, Pressure Piping, Vessels, and Transportation
Pipelines.
4.1.7 Load-bearing steel supporting a deck subject to fire exposure from hydro-
carbon spills or hydrocarbon gas releases on a lower deck shall be fire-
proofed to meet SAF-9, Fireproofing in Plants.
Exceptions:
a) Fireproofing is not required for the platform jacket (substructure) and
legs.
b) Fireproofing is not required where water spray systems are provided to
protect the structural members.
c) Unmanned wellhead and manifold tie-in platforms are not required to
have fireproofing.
4.1.8 Fire detection for buildings on manned platforms shall meet SAF-3, Plant
Buildings.
4.1.9 Firefighting equipment shall be strategically located on manned platforms
to provide both firefighting and escape capabilities. Fire protection systems
design and installation on manned platforms shall follow international best
practices for similar facilities (refer to API RP 14G and SAF-4, Fire
Protection Systems).
4.1.10 Unmanned wellhead platforms and tie-in manifold platforms are not
required to have fire water protection systems.
4.1.11 Electrical area classification shall meet SAF-12, Electrical Safety, API RP
14F, and API RP 14FZ.
4.1.12 Accommodations shall not be located on production platforms, gas com-
pression platforms, and other types of platforms that have hydrocarbon han-

212 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-17

page
5 of 7
SAF-17
Offshore Production Facilities

dling equipment, piping, or storage.


4.1.13 Maintenance shops, storage areas, and areas used for any type of laborato-
ry work shall be located in electrically nonclassified areas.
4.1.14 Internal combustion engines shall be located in electrically nonclassified
areas.
4.1.15 Pump and compressor areas handling hydrocarbons shall not be enclosed.
Their engine drivers may be enclosed, but shall be provided with appropri-
ate gas detection and fire suppression systems that meet the industry best
practices for similar facilities.

4.2 Access and Egress


4.2.1 Safe access and egress shall be provided to meet the applicable require-
ments in SAF-6, Plant Layout, Spacing, and Access. Additional considera-
tion shall be given to providing emergency means of escape, personnel land-
ings, survival craft, and lifesaving appliances.
4.2.2 For purposes of this directive, stairways, ladders, bridges, boat landings,
heliports, and escape capsules shall be considered emergency means of
egress. At least one set of stairways and landings leading from emergency
means of egress to the accommodations deck on manned platforms shall be
designed to permit easy conveyance of an injured or sick man in a stretch-
er. Escape routes shall be clearly marked in a contrasting color on decks,
and shall otherwise meet NFPA 101.
4.2.3 Line-of-sight escape shall be incorporated into platform design and deck
layouts to the extent that it is practical. Escape routes shall be lighted, no
less than 1.2 meters wide, and clearly marked in a contrasting color on
decks. All pathways on a platform providing access to equipment platform
ladders, controls, emergency isolation valves, fire-fighting equipment, and
safety equipment, shall have a minimum clear width of 1.2 meters.
4.2.4 Ladder, stair, decks, and other accessible areas shall meet the applicable
access requirements of SAF-6, Plant Layout, Spacing, and Access its refer-
ences.
4.2.5 Evacuation assembly areas shall be provided near survival craft launching
areas, boat landings, and heliports. The assembly areas shall be lighted and
clearly marked.
4.2.6 On manned platforms, “approved” survival craft shall be provided in suffi-
cient number to handle the maximum allowable number of persons on the
platform. A minimum of two survival craft shall be provided, regardless of
occupancy. Where accommodations are located, the survival craft shall be
provided in sufficient number to handle the maximum number of persons
when fully occupied.
4.2.7 On manned platforms, “approved” life jackets shall be provided in suffi-

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 213


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-17 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 7
SAF-17
Offshore Production Facilities

cient number that there would be one jacket for the maximum allowable
number of persons, plus 20 percent. Lifejackets shall be US Coastguard
Type 1 or equivalent, i.e. preservers are designed to turn unconscious wear-
ers face-up in the water and have greater flotation value than other life jack-
ets.
a) Life jackets shall be stored so that they are protected against the ele-
ments.
b) They shall be located in locations that are readily accessible on the way
to or at the evacuation assembly areas. If life jackets are stored outdoors,
they shall be housed in storage cabinets with doors of sufficient size to
allow easy access to the life jackets. Cabinet design shall be ventilated
to avoid moisture build-up. The cabinets or other storage location shall
be indicated by orange color and labeled LIFE JACKETS in both Arabic
and English.
4.2.8 Each manned platform shall have no less than six “approved” ring
lifebuoys. One ring lifebuoy shall be installed on each side of a manned
platform in an accessible place. Each ring life buoy shall be equipped with
an “approved” automatic electric water light attached with a lanyard.

4.3 Lifting Devices


4.3.1 Access to major equipment, vessels, or valves shall be so designed as to per-
mit use of lifting devices.
4.3.2 Lifting devices such as cranes, monorails, or other types of lifting and trans-
porting devices shall be provided for the disassembly and reinstallation of
all heavy equipment such as valves. Operation and maintenance of cranes
shall meet API RP 2D.

4.4 Offshore Heliports


4.4.1 Design and Construction of heliports for offshore platforms shall meet API
RP 2L and NFPA 418.
4.4.2 Heliports shall be located in an electrically nonclassified area.
4.4.3 At least one set of stairways and landings shall connect the heliport to the
living quarters. If the heliport is on a manned platform other than the accom-
modations platform, one set of stairs and landings shall connect the heliport
with the main deck. These stairways shall be designed to permit easy con-
veyance of a stretcher or litter.
4.4.4 If fueling operations are at a heliport or a heliport is on an accommodations
platform, additional fire protection shall be provided, including an air-foam
fire-extinguishing system to protect the fueling equipment, rooftop area,
and helicopter. See NFPA 418 for further information.

4.5 Security
The owners shall ensure that they provide an adequate level of security

214 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-17

page
7 of 7
SAF-17
Offshore Production Facilities

measures to protect their facilities by applying the requirements of SEC-1


and other security directives issued by the HCIS.

4.6 Aviation and Marine Obstructions


4.6.1 Offshore structures shall be provided with obstruction marking and lighting
in compliance with Federal Aviation Administration Circular AC 70/7460-
1K.
Table 1, Minimum Number of Navigation
Marking
4.6.2 Marine navigation Lights for panels,
identification Offshore Structures
lighting, and fog horn notification

Structures having a maximum horizontal 1 marker light


dimension of 9 meters or less
Structures having a maximum horizontal 2 marker lights on diagonally
dimension of over 9 meters,but not in opposite corners
excess of 15 meters
Structures having a horizontal dimension 4 marker lights
of over 15 meters (1 on each corner)

Table 1 – Minimum Number of Navigation


Marking Lights for Offshore Structures

shall be provided in accordance IALA O-114, with exceptions and/or mod-


ifications as required by the Ministry of Transport. The following naviga-
tional aids shall be installed as a minimum (see Table 1 below):

4.7 EH&S Management


Work processes shall be in-place to assure safe operations to prevent inci-
dental release of fluids and to prevent injury to personnel in accordance with
SAF-2, Environmental, Health & Safety (EHS) Management.
4.7.1 Procedures for the safe operation of common devices and pieces of equip-
ment shall be maintained at the work site.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 215


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-18
Mines and Mineral Processing Plants

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-18
Mines and Mineral Processing Plants
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-18
Mines and Mineral Processing Plants

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 221
1.1 Scope 221
1.2 Application 221
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 221
2 Definitions 221
3 References 222
4 General Requirements 222
4.1 Safety Codes 222
4.2 EH&S Management 222
4.3 Hot Work 223
4.4 Electrical Safety 223
4.5 Clear Access Routes 223
4.6 Security 223
5 Construction Features 223
5.1 Wall and Ceiling Maintenance 223
5.2 Underground Refuge Areas 224
5.3 Underground Means of Egress 224
5.4 Fire Protection 224
5.5 Underground Liquid Storage 225
5.6 Communications 225
5.7 Air Quality 225
5.8 Mineral Process Plants 226

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

220 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-18

page
1 of 6
SAF-18
Mines and Mineral Processing Plants

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for safe guarding life
and property against fire and related hazards associated with metal and non-
metal underground and surface mines and their associated processing
plants.

1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations


Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Website:
http://www.acgih.org/
API: American Petroleum Institute, Website: http://api-ec.api.org/
Building: Any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or
occupancy. This includes equipment shelters, switchgear or motor control centers,
living quarters, security houses, helicopter staging offices, control rooms, mainte-
nance shops, storage areas, and offices. This does not include open-sided sun shel-
ters, platform decks, turbine air intakes, or engine enclosures.
Combustible Liquid: A liquid that has a flash point greater than 54 °C (130 °F).

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 221


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-18 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 6
SAF-18
Mines and Mineral Processing Plants

Examples are fluids such as diesel, C7+ feed stocks, bunker fuel, and sulfur.
Flammable Liquid: A liquid that has a flash point equal to or less than 54 °C
(130 °F). Examples would be fluids such as stabilized crude, gasoline, Jet A-1, Jet
JP-4, Jet JP-8, C6 and lighter feed and blending stocks, and methanol. For purpos-
es of this directive, a combustible liquid stored or processed at a temperature equal
to or higher than 8°C (15°F) below its flash point shall be considered to be a flam-
mable liquid.
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
Listed: A device that is tested, or otherwise assessed, and certified by an indepen-
dent testing lab to be suitable for its expressed purpose.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
NFPA 122 Fire Prevention and Control in Metal/Nonmetal Mining and Metal
Mineral Processing Facilities
NFPA 520 Subterranean Spaces

4. General Requirements
4.1 Fire Prevention and Safety Codes
Requirements of NFPA 122 and NFPA 520, or equivalent international or
Saudi Codes shall be followed to protect life and property against fire and
other hazards in underground spaces, mines, and mineral processing plants.

4.2 EH&S Management


4.2.1 Work processes shall be in-place to assure safe operations to prevent injury
to personnel in accordance with SAF-2, Environmental, Health & Safety
(EHS) Management. Emergency preparedness for all underground opera-
tions and mines shall meet NFPA 520.
4.2.2 Procedures for the safe operation of common devices and pieces of equip-
ment shall be maintained at the work site.
4.2.3 A preventive maintenance program shall be implemented for all self-pro-
pelled mining equipment.

222 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-18

page
3 of 6
SAF-18
Mines and Mineral Processing Plants

4.3 Hot Work


Hot work procedures shall meet SAF-13, Work Permits. In addition, the pre-
cautions specified in for hot work specified in NFPA 122 shall be followed.
Prominent signs in English and Arabic shall be posted to warn against
smoking and the use of open flames in locations where fire or explosion
hazards exist.

4.4 Electrical Safety


Mines and mineral processing plants shall design and install electrical and
communications systems that provide for a high level of safety and reliabil-
ity. All electrical and communications systems and equipment shall be
installed, tested, inspected, and maintained to meet NFPA 70 and SAF-12,
Electrical Safety.

4.5 Clear Access Routes


Mobile fire protection equipment access routes shall be kept clear at all
times. They shall be posted in English and Arabic to keep them clear of
obstructions.

4.6 Security
The owners shall ensure that they provide an adequate level of security mea-
sures to protect their facilities by applying the requirements of SEC-1 and
other security directives issued by the HCIS.

5. Construction Features
5.1 Wall and Ceiling Maintenance
5.1.1 Mining methods shall be used that will maintain wall, bank, and slope sta-
bility in places where employees work or travel. Conditions at or near a pit
or quarry wall that might create a fall-of-material hazard to employees shall
be corrected.
5.1.2 Ground conditions that create a hazard shall be taken down or supported
before other work or travel is permitted into the affected area. Until correc-
tive work is completed, the area shall be posted with a warning against
entry. When left unattended, a barrier shall be installed to prevent unautho-
rized entry.
5.1.3 Wall and ceiling maintenance for tunnels shall be performed in such a way
that will not expose employees to injury from falling material. Adequate
tools, procedures, and training shall be provided so that the removal of loose
material can be done without exposing the person performing this work to
injury.
5.1.4 Walls along accessways shall be examined weekly or more often if chang-
ing ground conditions warrant.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 223


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-18 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 6
SAF-18
Mines and Mineral Processing Plants

5.1.5 Persons experienced in examining and testing for loose ground shall be des-
ignated by the mine operator. Appropriate supervisors or other designated
persons shall examine and, where applicable, test ground conditions in areas
where work is to be performed. This shall be done prior to work commenc-
ing, after blasting, and as ground conditions warrant during the work shift.

5.2 Underground Refuge Areas


5.2.1 Where travel distance from any exist to the exterior of the underground
space exceeds 610 meters, one or more refuge areas or a separate means of
egress shall be provided based on risk assessment. Refuge areas shall meet
NFPA 520.
5.2.2 Two-way voice communications shall be provided for each refuge area to
allow communication with an appropriate manned location.

5.3 Underground Means of Egress


5.3.1 Means of access and egress shall have emergency lighting of no less than 10
lux measured at the floor level powered by an emergency secondary power
supply in the case of power outage. All means of access and egress shall be
posted in English and Arabic in reflective lettering.
5.3.2 Means of egress such as roads, railways, or maintenance tunnels in under-
ground spaces and mines shall be marked at intervals not to exceed 50
meters with the word “EXIT” and a large reflective direction arrow point-
ing toward the nearest exit from the underground space or mine.
5.3.3 Egress passageways shall be separated from the mine or underground space
by a wall with at least a 2-hours fire resistance rating.
5.3.4 Doors for means of egress shall be operable from the inside without the use
of a key or special knowledge or effort.

5.4 Fire Protection


5.4.1 Fire protection and detection systems recommended by the risk assessment
shall be designed and installed to meet SAF-4, Fire Protection Systems,
NFPA 122, and NFPA 520. Working plans for all fire detection and fire pro-
tection systems shall be maintained up-to-date at the mining site. The com-
pany shall maintain a copy of all such plans at the mining site.
5.4.2 The need for and locations of fixed fire protection and suppression systems
shall be determined by fire risk assessment to meet the requirements of
NFPA 122 and NFPA 520. For underground mines, emergency lighting for
firefighting shall be provided to meet NFPA 520.
5.4.3 Fire risk assessment shall be done only by professional registered or char-
tered engineers who are qualified, experienced, and specialized in fire risk
assessment techniques.
5.4.4 A separate fire risk assessment shall be done for each piece of mobile or

224 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-18

page
5 of 6
SAF-18
Mines and Mineral Processing Plants

self-propelled equipment. All powered mining equipment shall be analyzed


to determine whether fire risk can be reduced through modifications.
5.4.5 Mining equipment requiring a fixed fire protection system shall be protect-
ed by a system that is listed and that is designed with the capacity to sup-
press the largest anticipated fire.
5.4.6 Mining equipment fire protections system shall be installed in such a way
that system actuation causes shutdown of the protected equipment.
5.4.7 Miners and operators shall be trained on the use of the fire suppression
devices that are in their work location. For equipment that has fire suppres-
sion, the equipment operators shall be trained on its use.
5.4.8 All self-propelled underground equipment shall be equipped with at least
one portable, multipurpose dry chemical extinguisher.
5.4.9 An emergency response plan shall be developed for emergencies such as
fire, cave-ins and mining related hazards. An emergency response team
shall be trained and made available for such incidents. The team shall be
trained in firefighting and emergency rescue techniques based on current
international best practices for surface and underground mines.

5.5 Underground Liquid Storage


5.5.1 Flammable and combustible liquid storage inside underground mines shall
be kept to the absolute minimum required for continuing operations and
shall otherwise meet NFPA 122 and NFPA 520.
5.5.2 Adequate ventilation shall be provided to prevent the accumulation of
ignitable vapors.
5.5.3 Electrical area classification shall meet SAF-12, Electrical Safety.

5.6 Communications
5.6.1 Two-way voice communications shall be provided throughout all developed
spaces to allow communication with an appropriate manned location to
meet NFPA 520.
5.6.2 Two-way voice communications shall be located at each fire hydrant loca-
tion.

5.7 Air Quality


5.7.1 The exposure of employees to airborne contaminants shall not exceed, on
the basis of a time weighted average, the threshold limit values (TLVs) for
chemical substances and physical agents as specified by the American
Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH). Employees
shall be withdrawn from areas where the concentration exceeds the thresh-
old limit value listed for that contaminant.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 225


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-18 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 6
SAF-18
Mines and Mineral Processing Plants

5.7.2 Dust, gas, mist, and fume surveys shall be conducted as frequently as nec-
essary to determine the adequacy of control measures. Records of readings
and analysis shall be retained for no less than 10 years and shall be made
available to the HCIS upon request.

5.8 Mineral Processing Plants


5.8.1 Mills, crushers, conveyor systems, processing facilities, electrical utility
buildings and substations, offices, shops, laboratories, warehouses, and
other on-site buildings supporting mining operations shall meet NFPA 122.
5.8.2 Buildings and structures shall meet the SAF-3, Plant Buildings.
5.8.3 Fire protection systems shall be designed and installed to meet SAF-4, Fire
Protection Systems.
5.8.4 Mineral processing plants shall meet SAF-6, Plant Layout, Spacing, and
Access.
5.8.5 The storage, use, and handling of flammable and combustible liquids in and
around mineral processing facilities shall meet NFPA 30. Bulk storage of
flammable and combustible liquids shall meet SAF-8, Storage Tanks and
Storage Vessels.
5.8.6 Storage and handling of explosives shall meet SAF-14, Safe Manufacture,
Transportation, Storage, and Use of Explosive Materials and Pyrotechnic
Articles.
5.8.7 Belt conveyors shall meet the requirements of NFPA 122.

226 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-19
Electric Power Generating Plants
and Associated Facilities

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-19
Electric Power Generating Plants
and Associated Facilities
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-19
Electric Power Generating Plants
and Associated Facilities

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 231
1.1 Scope 231
1.2 Application 231
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 231

2 Definitions 231
3 References 232
4 General Requirements 232
4.1 Design of Power Generating Plants 232
4.2 Fire Detection and Protection 232
4.3 Design and Layout of Buildings 233
4.4 Outdoor Transformers 234
4.5 Batteries 234
5 Power Generation and
DC Current Converter Facilities 234
6 Electrical Substations and Relay
Buildings 235
6.1 Design 235
6.2 Battery Room 235
6.3 Transformer Spacing 236
6.4 Fire Detection 237
6.5 Fire Protection 237

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

230 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-19

page
1 of 7
SAF-19
Electric Power Generating Plants
and Associated Facilities

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for the safety, location,
layout, design, and construction of industrial electric power generation
facilities, urrent converter stations, and associated equipment.

1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations


Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the General Secretariat of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the require-
ments of this directive shall be listed and submitted in a report of non-com-
pliance, with justification and rationale for not following the requirement,
and approval shall be received from the General Secretariat of the HCIS
prior to implementation. The documents shall be retained by the company
in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
ICC: International Code Council (ICC), Website: http://www.iccsafe.org/
IEEE: The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., Website: http:
//www.ieee.org/
Listed: A device that is tested and certified by an independent testing lab to be suit-
able for its purpose.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 231


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-19 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 7
SAF-19
Electric Power Generating Plants
and Associated Facilities

Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.


Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
ICC IBC International Building Code
ICC IFC International Fire Code
IEEE 484 Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries
for Stationary Applications
IEEE 979 Guide for Substation Fire Protection
IEEE 980 Guide for Containment and Control of Oil Spills in Substations
NFPA 37 Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
NFPA 70E Electrical Safety in the Workplace
NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code
NFPA 850 Electric Generating Plants
NFPA 2001 Clean Agent Fire Extinguisher Systems

4. General Requirements
4.1 Design of Power Generating Plants
4.1.1 Safety and fire protection related design of electric power generating plants
and substations shall meet the applicable requirements of SAF-3, SAF-4,
SAF-6, SAF-12, IBC, NFPA 850 and IEEE 979.
4.1.2 The owner shall be responsible for the proper design, construction, com-
missioning, testing, and maintenance of the facility fire detection and pro-
tection equipment and systems that protect electric power generating, con-
verter, and distribution facilities.
4.1.3 The design of the facilities shall incorporate and ensure the safety and pro-
tection of the features of the facility including use of noncombustible con-
struction, fire detection and alarm systems, fire protection and suppression
systems, adequate spacing, adequate shielding, surge protection, grounding,
and other protective systems and devices intended to ensure the reliability
of the power generating station, substation, and other distribution facilities.
4.1.4 The owners shall ensure that they provide an adequate level of security
measures to protect their facilities by applying the requirements of SEC-1
and other security directives issued by the HCIS.

4.2 Fire Detection and Protection


4.2.1 Fire detection and protection systems shall be designed, installed, and main-
tained by qualified professional engineering, designers, and technicians

232 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-19

page
3 of 7
SAF-19
Electric Power Generating Plants
and Associated Facilities

who are experienced and specialized in fire protection and detection design
and installation to meet the requirements of SAF-4 and this directive.
4.2.2 At a minimum, facilities requiring water based fire protection systems shall
have one electrical-motor-driven firewater pump, one diesel-engine-driven
fire water pump, one electric-motor-driven jockey pump, the appropriate
controllers for operation of each pump, a looped water main with valves and
appurtenances such as hydrants and hose reels, and a firewater tank of ade-
quate capacity to meet the requirements of SAF-4.
4.2.3 Fire detection and protection systems for buildings shall meet the require-
ments of SAF-3, SAF-4, and this directive.
4.2.4 The identification of need and selection of type of fire protection system
should be based on a fire risk evaluation. This evaluation should be initiat-
ed in the early in the design process and should be based on the hazard
recognition and the fire protection recommendations in SAF-4, NFPA 850,
IEEE 979, and the requirements of this directive.
4.2.5 Early warning fire detection that meets NFPA 72 shall be provided in cable
spreading rooms, cable tunnels, and other areas where early warning is rec-
ommended by the fire hazard evaluation.

4.3 Design And Layout Of Buildings


4.3.1 Plant buildings shall meet the requirements of SAF-3 with the additional
features as described in NFPA 850.
4.3.2 Buildings shall have fire detection and alarm systems and fire protection
equipment installed according to the building size, number of levels, and
use (occupancy) where required by the International Building Code (IBC)
and the International Fire Code (IFC).
4.3.3 Fire barriers separating fire areas should be a minimum of 2-hour fire resis-
tance rating throughout the building, regardless of intended use.
4.3.4 Each of the following facilities should be in a separate fire area.
• Power generating plant equipment such as turbine generators
• High voltage direct current converter station
• Cable tunnel
• Switchgear and relay room
• Battery room
• Maintenance shop
• Fire protection equipment room
• Warehouse
• Emergency generator (from each other and from adjacent areas)
• Boilers room
• Fuel oil heating and pumping facilities

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 233


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-19 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 7
SAF-19
Electric Power Generating Plants
and Associated Facilities

Control room

Offices

Telecommunications room

4.3.5 All openings in fire barriers shall be provided with listed fire seal systems
or other appropriate fire stopping systems. Fire stopping systems used at
penetrations shall keep the fire separation consistent with the fire resistance
rating of the barrier. Windows shall be listed with a fire resistance rating
consistent with the barrier or be provided with a fire shutter or automatic
water curtain. All doors shall be fitted with self-closing devices.
4.3.6 Indoor rooms with oil-insulated transformers of greater than 379 liters oil
capacity shall be separated from adjacent areas by a fire barrier having a
minimum of 3-hour fire resistance rating. Dry-type transformers are recom-
mended for indoor installations.
4.3.7 Electrical equipment shall be installed in such a way that it is accessible for
maintenance to meet NFPA 70 and NFPA 70E.

4.4 Outdoor Transformers


Outdoor oil-insulated transformers shall be separated from generator and
substation buildings, adjacent structures and from each other by adequate
space or fire walls to meet IEEE 979. Oil containment and drainage shall
meet IEEE 980.

4.5 Batteries
Design for location, mounting, and ventilation of vented lead-acid batteries
and their charging facilities shall meet IEEE Standard 484 and section 6.2
of this directive.

5. Power Generation and DC Current Converter Facilities


5.1 Installation of internal combustion engines and turbines that drive the elec-
tric power generators shall meet SAF-4, SAF-6, NFPA 37 and NFPA 850.
5.1.1 The plant’s fuel shut-off valves shall be located outside the facility’s equip-
ment shelter or building. The fuel valves shall be provided with both man-
ual and automatic closing capabilities locally, and remote closing capabili-
ty from the control room (where a control room exists). The valve should
also fail closed on the loss of power or pneumatic control. Fuel shut-off
should be arranged to close automatically on flow of a fire suppression sys-
tem, if such system is provided.
5.1.2 Control enclosures and auxiliary electrical utility enclosures for engines and
turbines shall have fire detection.
5.1.3 Determination of the need for fire suppression for engines of generators
shall be based on consideration of the value of the unit, consequences of loss

234 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-19

page
5 of 7
SAF-19
Electric Power Generating Plants
and Associated Facilities

of the unit and vulnerability of adjacent structures and equipment to


damage.
a) Sprinkler protection should be considered for areas beneath engine dri-
ven generators, lubricating oil lines, lubricating oil reservoirs, and gen-
erator bearings.
b) An appropriate clean agent fire suppression system should be consid-
ered for inside all equipment enclosures. The fire suppression system
design shall meet SAF-4.
5.2 Adequate separation shall be provided as determined by a fire risk evalua-
tion and the minimum spacing requirements of SAF-6.
5.3 Design and installation of high voltage direct current converter stations shall
meet Chapter 10, NFPA 850.

6. Electrical Substations and Relay Buildings


6.1 Design Codes
Substations shall be designed and constructed to meet the SAF-3, SAF-4,
IBC, NFPA 70, NFPA 70E, NFPA 2001, IEEE 979 and IEEE 980.

6.2 Battery Room


6.2.1 A separate battery room and battery handling facility shall be provided for
large battery installations that support large installations, e.g. Uninterrupted
Power Supply (UPS) rectifier systems. The battery room shall be separated
from the rest of the substation by a fire barrier with a minimum of 2-hour
fire resistance rating. The battery room shall be well ventilated to safely
eliminate hydrogen that is generated during battery charging.
a) The battery room shall be vented to the outside (not return air) with a
very reliable forced air ventilation system to prevent the accumulation
of hydrogen and to maintain the room temperature within acceptable
operating
limits of the battery system. Ventilation shall be limited to less than 1
percent of the total air volume of the battery room.
Commentary: The worst condition (maximum hydrogen evolution) occurs
when current is forced into a fully charged battery during overcharging of
the battery. Consult the battery manufacturer to determine the rate of hydro-
gen evolution for batteries.
b) The battery room shall be designed in such a way to avoid trapped pock-
ets of hydrogen gas.
c) Battery rack installation shall meet NFPA 70 bonding and grounding
requirements.
d) Battery systems shall be equipped with under voltage protection to pro-
tect against short circuits.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 235


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-19 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 7
SAF-19
Electric Power Generating Plants
and Associated Facilities

6.2.2 Manned workstations shall not be located in battery rooms.


6.2.3 Battery room floors shall be made of an electrolyte resistant, durable, slip-
resistant surface.
6.2.4 Floors and drains shall be designed so that any battery electrolyte spillage
is contained and neutralized prior to disposal.
6.2.5 Batteries shall be supplied with shields or covers or insulation for all
exposed connectors and terminals to prevent a person from incidental con-
tact with live electrical parts.

6.3 Transformer Spacing


6.3.1 Fire separation between oil-filled transformers and substation buildings
shall meet IEEE 979.
6.3.2 The wall of a substation building that is adjacent to any transformers con-
taining oil shall be of fire-resistant construction. The wall shall be solid
from grade level to roof level. Transformer spacing and size shall be con-
sidered when considering the level of fire-resistance for the roof.
6.3.3 Minimum spacing of an oil containing transformer to either a building or
another transformer shall comply with IEEE 979.
6.3.4 The vent of an oil containing transformer shall be oriented or shielded from
any nearby building or equipment.
6.3.5 The substation roof shall not drain toward the transformer yard side of the
substation building.
6.3.6 Working space around equipment, guarding of live (energized) parts, and
other electrical equipment safety design shall meet NFPA 70E.
6.3.7 Oil containment or oil drainage systems shall be provided for oil filled
equipment containing more than 2500 liters of oil. Oil containment and
drainage systems shall meet the general requirements of IEEE 980.
a) Transformer pits, where provided, shall be equipped with a steel grating
cover with no less than 300 millimeters depth of crushed rock for fire
quenching.
b) The transformer pit shall be kept empty by means of drainage either by
a connection to an industrial sewer appropriate for handling oil or by
other means of fluid removal.
6.3.8 Lightning protection for substations shall meet IEEE 998.
6.3.9 Substations having equipment operating at a nominal system voltage
exceeding 1,000 Volts shall have a ground grid meeting the requirements of
IEEE 80 for step and touch potential. Design for the substation grid and the
associated overall plant grounding system shall account for hazards due to
transferred potentials caused by a fault in the substation. All electrical
equipment in the substation, substation yard, and within 5 meters of the

236 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-19

page
7 of 7
SAF-19
Electric Power Generating Plants
and Associated Facilities

substation fence shall be connected to the grid or to a ground bus connect-


ed to the grid.
6.3.10 Where electrical control, relay, transformers, or power generation equip-
ment are housed in large multi-purpose buildings, they should be in a dedi-
cated secured room or caged in with heavy gauge mesh to secure them from
the remainder of the building to meet NFPA 70E.

6.4 Fire Detection


Electrical substations shall be provided with a properly designed and
installed early warning fire detection system that is listed to meet the
requirements of NFPA 72. The system shall have listed interior and exteri-
or local audible alarm and listed exterior visual beacon visible from the
roadway and personnel entrances to the building.
Exception: If an electrical substation is in a remote location where it is not
practical to monitor the system or for a fire to effectively be responded to,
a smoke detection system is not required.

6.5 Fire Protection


Determination of the need for fire protection and suppression shall be based
on consideration of the value of the unit, consequences of loss of the unit to
the owner or customer of the owner, vulnerability of adjacent structures and
equipment to damage, and the ability for a fire to effectively be responded
to. If the owner finds it is needed based on a fire risk evaluation:
a) The substation shall be provided with a water fire protection system
to meet SAF-4.
b) An approved gaseous clean agent fire suppression system shall be
designed and installed to comply with the requirements in SAF-4.
Gaseous agent extinguishing systems shall be designed and installed
to use clean agents that meet NFPA 2001.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 237


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-20
Pre-Incident Planning and
Management of Emergencies

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-20
Pre-Incident Planning and
Management of Emergencies
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-20
Pre-Incident Planning and
Management of Emergencies

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 243
1.1 Scope 243
1.2 Application 243
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 243

2 Definitions 243
3 References 244
4 General Requirements 244

5 HAZMAT/WMD Emergency Response 249

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

242 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-20

page
1 of 9
SAF-20
Pre-Incident Planning and
Management of Emergencies

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for pre-incident plan-
ning and emergency response management.

1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations


Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
HAZMAT: HAZMAT is an abbreviation for hazardous material. A hazardous
material, for the purposes of this directive, means a substance or material that the
HCIS has determined is capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety,
and property, and the environment when released to the atmosphere. The term
includes hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, marine pollutants, elevated tem-
perature materials, materials designated as hazardous in the Hazardous Materials
Table (49 CFR Part 172.101), materials that meet the defining criteria for hazard
classes and divisions in U.S. Department of Transportation, 49 CFR Part 173 and
weapons of mass destruction (WMD). Website:http://www.access.gpo.gov/nara/
cfr/cfr-table-search.html

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 243


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-20 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 9
SAF-20
Pre-Incident Planning and
Management of Emergencies

HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.


Listed: A device that is tested and certified by an independent testing lab to be
suitable for its purpose.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
WMD: A weapon of mass destruction (WMD) is a weapon which can kill large
numbers of humans, animals and plants, and/or cause great damage to man-made
structures. The term covers several weapon types, including nuclear, biological,
chemical and radiological weapons.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
NFPA 450 Emergency Medical Services and Systems
NFPA 472 Competence of Responders to Hazardous Materials/ Weapons of
Mass Destruction Incidents
NFPA 473 Competencies for EMS Personnel Responding to Hazardous
Materials / Weapons of Mass Destruction Incidents
NFPA 1006 Rescue Technician Professional Qualifications
NFPA 1620 Pre-Incident Planning
NFPA 1670 Operations and Training for Technical Rescue Incidents
NFPA 1951 Protective Ensembles for Technical Rescue Incidents
NFPA 1991 Vapor-Protective Ensembles for Hazardous Materials Emergencies
NFPA 1992 Liquid Splash-Protective Ensembles and Clothing for Hazardous
Materials Emergencies
NFPA 1994 Protective Ensembles for Chemical/Biological Terrorism Incidents
NFPA 1999 Protective Clothing for Medical Emergency Operations

4. General Requirements
4.1 A written emergency response plan shall be documented in Arabic and
English by the owner for each establishment or facility. The plan shall
include all procedures for protection of the safety and health of individuals
and protection of property to address all types of incidents such as natural
disasters, environmental contamination, process facility or manufacturing
related accidents, and security related incidents such as arson or other acts
of terrorism, and other problems that may be anticipated. Refer to NFPA

244 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-20

page
3 of 9
SAF-20
Pre-Incident Planning and
Management of Emergencies

1620 to evaluate the physical elements and site considerations to develop a


pre-incident plan that will be used by responding personnel to effectively
manage emergencies with available resources.
4.2 The plan shall include actions to be taken before, during, and after the inci-
dent including evacuation and all activities required to manage the outcome
of the incident.
4.2.1 The pre-incident plan shall be a cooperative effort among the plan develop-
er, facility personnel and responding entities.
4.2.2 Copies of the plan shall be distributed to all appropriate responding person-
nel and entities.
4.2.3 The emergency response plan shall be tested and practices periodically.
4.2.4 Lessons learned during testing, practices, and incidents shall be used to
update and refine the plan.
4.2.5 Participants in the plan shall receive training to help communicate the plan’s
expectations to individuals and responding entities that do not normally
work together.
4.2.6 The incident commander shall use the plan to anticipate likely scenarios and
develop tactical operations.
4.2.7 A system for using the pre-incident emergency plan shall be created so that
the plan itself or a summary of key elements can be accessed while en route
to and during the incident by the incident commander and designated
responding personnel. This information should be available within the
responding emergency vehicles passenger compartment.
4.3 It is important to clarify in writing the following in the emergency response
plan’s body and attachments:
4.3.1 Products and materials used in the facility and the material safety informa-
tion as detailed in Section 4, SAF-2 Environmental, Health & Safety (EHS)
Management.
4.3.2 Types of expected hazards and potential damages should an incident occur,
including the impact on neighboring areas and facilities.
4.3.3 Potential damage to the owner’s facility from nearby facilities and the
actions required to respond.
4.3.4 Methods of handling these hazards and the potential damage.
4.4 For companies with more than one operating location, there shall be a sep-
arate plan for each operating area. Each division of a facility, manufactur-
ing plant, or other establishment shall have its own emergency procedures
that are part of the main plan. The plan shall show the following:
4.4.1 Safe assembly areas for evacuation of facility personnel and guests
4.4.2 Fences and security gates

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 245


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-20 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 9
SAF-20
Pre-Incident Planning and
Management of Emergencies

4.4.3 Exits, walkways and doors that shall be used for evacuation in case of an
emergency.
4.4.4 Emergency egress paths from hazardous locations to safe assembly areas.
4.4.5 Location of manual and automatic fire extinguishers, indicating their num-
ber and type.
4.4.6 Adjacent facilities and developments.
4.5 Building emergency response plans shall include and evacuation plan, loca-
tion and type of all firefighting devices, and response procedures for respon-
ders (medical, firefighters, security).
4.5.1 Designate an emergency coordinator and alternate coordinator for the build-
ing.
4.5.2 Designate Safety Monitors and Alternate Safety Monitors for specific work
areas in the building
4.5.3 Obtain and post floor plans with evacuation routes and other information as
specified in the emergency evacuation plan.
4.5.4 Establish designated safety assembly sites at a safe location outside the
building.
4.5.5 Train the evacuation Coordinator and all safety monitors on their responsi-
bilities to implement the plan and to assist in the safe and orderly evacua-
tion of building occupants.
4.5.6 Ensure that there is a procedure in place for communication and evacuation
or safe refuge of disabled persons.
4.5.7 Designate a responsible person for the plan custody, storage, and annual
review and update.
4.5.8 Conduct training in plan requirements with all building occupants. Ensure
that occupants are aware of evacuation procedures in the event of an emer-
gency.
4.5.9 Practice evacuation of the building with the occupants on a periodic basis.
4.6 A response plan for the containment and clean-up of hydrocarbons and
chemicals in the case of loss of containment, fire, or explosion shall be in
place for facilities that handle or process such materials.
4.7 An emergency response plan shall include a means for personnel to be
transported from the safe assembly areas to an outside location, if needed
and requested by the incident commander.
4.8 The emergency response plan shall cover situations where an incident is
large enough to require outside assistance, including the following:
4.8.1 The role of security sectors (Security force, Civil Defense, Police, Traffic
Police and others, such as Explosives Division at the Intelligence
Department).

246 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-20

page
5 of 9
SAF-20
Pre-Incident Planning and
Management of Emergencies

4.8.2 Nominate representatives from these entities and invite them for participa-
tion in emergency drills, and to continuously coordinate with them.
4.8.3 Provide them with updated drawings for the facility.
4.8.4 Inform them of their roles.
4.8.5 Determination of the roles of the following service sectors:
a) Red Crescent
b) Hospitals
c) Municipality
d) Health
4.8.6 Nominate representatives from these entities and invite them for participa-
tion in emergency drills, and to continuously coordinate with them.
4.8.7 Inform them of their roles.
4.8.8 Determination of facility’s frontline teams and determination of their tasks:
a) Security
b) Safety
c) Firefighting
d) Medical care
4.9 An emergency response operation and control room (for leadership and con-
trol committee) shall meet the following criteria:
a) A alternate location shall be designated that meets all conditions and
requirements or the main emergency response operation and control
room.
b) Located in a very safe and secure location.
c) Shall have all internal and external communication means (via cable and
wireless).
d) Located where warning sounds and loud speakers can be heard.
e) It shall have sufficient space.
f) It shall include all the drawings of the facility.
g) There shall be a complete copy of the facility’s emergency plan.
h) There shall be a list of the names of the participating responding entities
which shall be called in case of an emergency.
i) A list of the telephone numbers and addresses of the persons who are
responsible for executing and supervising the plan’s implementation.
j) Insure that the following requirements are met for the emergency
response operation leader and disaster control committee:
1. Appointment of a leader and an alternative leader for the operation
room
2. Appointment of a liaison officer and an alternative for coordination
between the control room and the incident’s site commander.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 247


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-20 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 9
SAF-20
Pre-Incident Planning and
Management of Emergencies

3. Nomination of committee members.


4. Determine committee roles and responsibilities.
5. Determine committee tasks.
4.10 The plan shall determine how to perform head count procedures (upon
assembly of personnel in order to know if anyone is missing), and shall des-
ignate who is responsible for doing that.
4.11 The plan shall determine the alternative source of power supply and shall
have sufficient information on such source (e.g. its capacity and operation
ability) and whether it is operated manually or automatically, engine driven
generator or batteries (where applicable).
4.12 The plan shall determine the alternate source for firefighting water and all
relative information.
4.13 A mobile illumination shall be available to be used whenever necessary and
the plan shall include their locations.
4.14 It is important to determine the locations of warning sirens and they shall
include the following:
4.14.1 Warning sirens shall be of the electronic type which may be operated by a
reliable power source and/or batteries that are provided with a solar energy
board for charging the batteries.
4.14.2 The siren’s sound shall be 115 to 125 decibels at 30 meters.
4.14.3 Sirens shall be operated by wire or wireless methods (multiple frequencies).
4.14.4 Connection of sirens to the nearest Civil Defense operation room, in addi-
tion to the facility’s emergency control center.
4.14.5 Ability to clearly warn the public through sirens.
4.14.6 Vibration shall be in the range of 200/1500 hertz.
4.14.7 Sirens shall be designed and installed to endure all environmental condi-
tions such as humidity and sandstorms.
4.14.8 Determination of the number of siren tones and their meanings. Siren tones
shall not be similar to any other sound produced by any of the facility’s
equipment.
4.15 The plan shall indicate that coordination had been made with the facility’s
security forces and that its role was unified in the facility’s plan and the
force’s plan.
4.16 The plan shall indicate the type, number and distribution of radio equipment
which are available at the facility.
4.17 The plan shall clarify the method of communication, during emergencies,
between the facility’s personnel and the support entities that are participat-
ing in the plan.

248 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-20

page
7 of 9
SAF-20
Pre-Incident Planning and
Management of Emergencies

4.18 The plan shall determine the methods of providing supplies in case of an
emergency.
4.19 A list of mobile and fixed manual and automatic extinguishers shall be
attached to the plan, and this shall include the following:
4.19.1 Extinguishers at the site, provided that they meet SAF-4, Fire Protection
Systems and Civil Defense standards.
4.19.2 A list showing the numbers and types of firefighting vehicles.
4.19.3 A list showing the numbers and locations of safety tools and equipment on
site (such as respirators and protective clothes).
4.20 The plan shall determine a means of communications with employees in
case of an emergency.
4.21 Attachment of a copy of a register showing the personnel’s training to plan
execution. The register shall include the following:
4.21.1 Basic information about the training process, such as duration and date of
training, names of the trainees and instructors, nature of training, etc.
4.21.2 The plan shall embody instructions on the procedures that the personnel
shall follow in case of an emergency or when hearing a warning siren sound,
and determination of their locations in the facility.

5. HAZMAT/WMD Emergency Response


5.1 The owner shall develop an action plan for potential HAZMAT / WMD
responses that may be required as a result of arson, vandalism, or terrorism
to the establishment facilities that would result in loss of containment, fire,
explosion, or other hazard to the employees and the public. That action plan
shall meet NFPA 1620 and the following requirements of this directive.
5.2 The owner shall be responsible for 1) establishing a hazardous material inci-
dent command system (ICS) and 2) ensuring that incident commanders and
employees who respond are trained, knowledgeable, and experienced
(through practice sessions) to ensure the safety of the responders at the
scene for extraordinary hazards possible from any potential on-site incident,
whether caused by internal (e.g. operational, equipment failure) or external
reasons (e.g. vandalism, terrorism). Personnel assigned to this task shall
have been pre-identified and trained during the planning stages of the emer-
gency response to HAZMAT and WMD incidents to meet NFPA 1620.
5.3 Prevention of contamination to responders is of prime importance. Every
effort shall be made to avoid direct contact with areas of hazardous materi-
al contamination. Site security, management of sites, proper location of
work zones, efficient work practices, and common sense in avoiding contact
with harmful materials are the bases for contamination prevention.
5.4 Incident responders shall have established procedures to minimize contam-
ination or contact, to limit the migration of contaminants, and to properly

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 249


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-20 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
8 of 9
SAF-20
Pre-Incident Planning and
Management of Emergencies

dispose of contaminated materials. Procedures for all phases of decontami-


nation shall be developed before any personnel or equipment enters an area
where potential for exposure to hazardous substances exists.
5.5 Training of responders to hazardous material, nuclear, biological or other
types of weapons of mass destruction (WMD) incidents shall meet NFPA
472 (minimum competencies required for all responders, e.g. security, civil
defense, operations personnel, maintenance workers, clean-up workers, and
medical personnel).
5.6 In addition to the qualifications in NFPA 472, emergency medical respon-
ders shall be trained to meet NFPA 450 and NFPA 473.
5.7 Responders responsible for search and rescue operations shall be trained to
deal with such situations to meet NFPA 1006 and NFPA 1670.
5.8 Personal protective equipment (PPE) used for medical emergency opera-
tions shall meet NFPA 1999.
5.9 Personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be provided that meet the extra-
ordinary hazards possible from such incidents from any potential on-site
incident, whether caused by internal (e.g. operational, equipment failure) or
external reasons (e.g. vandalism, terrorism). PPE shall meet NFPA 1991,
1992, and 1994 as needed.
5.10 An emergency route out of the area shall be set up in case the initial entry
route becomes blocked.
5.11 A decontamination (DECON) area should be established prior to entry. A
HAZMAT coordinator should be appointed to oversee the HAZMAT team
and decontamination. A decontamination plan shall be made to consider:
a) The type and amount of hazardous materials used at a site.
b) The decontamination equipment and supplies that might be needed.
c) The number of possible hot zone entry personnel and victims.
d) The locations available to perform decontamination.
5.12 HAZMAT Work Zones
5.12.1 During an incident, three work zones shall be established to clearly define
areas to help control the flow of equipment and to account for emergency
responder personnel moving in and out of the incident area.
5.12.2 Work zones shall be set up for all hazardous material or WMD incidents as
follows:
a) Hot zone
b) Warm zone
c) Cold zone
5.12.3 The hot zone, also referred to as an exclusion zone or restricted zone, is the
area immediately surrounding the site of the incident. The hot zone extends

250 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-20

page
9 of 9
SAF-20
Pre-Incident Planning and
Management of Emergencies

far enough to prevent adverse effects from hazardous material releases to


personnel outside the zone.
a) This zone shall be secured, allowing only properly trained and equipped
personnel that are required to work in this zone.
b) The boundary between the hot zone and the warm zone shall be clearly
indicated by some physical means, such as lines, tape, and equipment
barriers.
c) The incident commander shall regulate and supervise movement of per-
sonnel from one zone to another to minimize contamination. This zone
shall be secured, allowing only response personnel and necessary advi-
sors into this area.
5.12.4 The warm zone is the area where personnel and equipment decontamination
and hot zone support take place.
a) The warm zone serves as a buffer area between the hot and cold zones.
Decontamination occurs in an area of the warm zone, upwind of the haz-
ard area, referred to as an access corridor.
b) Only trained decontamination personnel, the HAZMAT coordinator,
and those assigned to ensure the safety of the responders at the scene
shall work in this zone.
c) Personnel working in the warm zone shall be properly protected and
have passed through correct entry control systems.
5.12.5 The cold zone contains the on-site incident command post and where sup-
port functions that necessary to control the incident are done.
a) This zone is also referred to as the clean zone or support zone.
b) This zone shall be secured, allowing only response personnel and nec-
essary advisors into this area.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 251


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-21
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-21
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-21
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 257
1.1 Scope 257
1.2 Application 257
1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 257
2 Definitions 257
3 References 258
4 General Requirements 259
5 Head Protection 259
6 Eye and Face Protection 260
7 Hand Protection 260
8 Foot Protection 261
9 Hearing Protection 262
10 Body Protection 262
Figure 1 – Glove Types 261
Figure 2 – Protective Goggles, Spectacles
Face Shields, and Helmets 263
Table 1 – Filter Lens Shade Numbers for
Protection Against Radiant
Energy During Welding 264

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

256 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-21

page
1 of 8
SAF-21
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for selection, use, main-
tenance, storage, and training. When a hazardous situation is recognized,
steps shall be taken to eliminate the hazard with the use of engineering con-
trols. If the hazard cannot be eliminated with engineering controls, admin-
istrative controls shall be used. If engineering and administrative methods
are not feasible, PPE shall be used in conjunction with the approved safety
procedures stated in the Hazard Identification Plan (HIP), and/or work pro-
cedures. This applies to all hazards where PPE is required.

1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations


Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
Approved: PPE that complies with American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
requirements.
ANSI: American National Standard Institute, Website: "http://www.ansi.org/"
http://www.ansi.org/

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 257


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-21 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 8
SAF-21
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)

FRC: Flame resistant clothing (garments) made of material where combustion is


prevented, terminated, or inhibited following the application of a flaming source of
ignition. See NFPA 2112 for more details.
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
Listed: A device that is tested and certified by an independent testing lab to be suit-
able for its purpose.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: "http://nfpa.org/"http://nfpa.
org/
Noise Reduction Rating (NRR): The NRR tells you how many decibels you can
expect the hearing protection devices (ear plugs or ear muffs) reduce when wear-
ing the device properly. For example, if the noise level is 110 decibels, a NRR of
30 decibels will result in the sound level entering the ear being 80 decibels (110 –
30 = 80 decibels).
OSHA: U.S. Department Of Labor, Occupational Safety And Health
Administration (OSHA), Title 29, Code of Federal Regulation (CFR) Part 1910,
Website: http://www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr/cfr-table-search.html
Owner: Company, person, or partnership that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
PPE: All equipment including clothing which is intended to be worn or held in the
hand by a person at work and which protects him against one or more risks to his
health or safety, e.g. safety helmets, gloves, eye protection, high-visibility clothing,
safety footwear and safety harnesses.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
ANSI A10.46 Hearing Loss Prevention in Construction and Demolition Workers
ANSI Z87.1 Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye and Face
Protection Devices
ANSI Z359.1 Safety Requirements for Personal Fall Arrest Systems,
Subsystems, and Components
ASTM F2412 Test Methods for Foot Protection
ASTM F2413 Performance Requirements for Foot Protection
NFPA 70E Electrical Safety in the Workplace
NFPA 2112 Flame-Resistant Garments for Protection of Industrial Personnel
Against Flash Fire

258 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-21

page
3 of 8
SAF-21
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)

NFPA 2113 Selection, Care, Use, and Maintenance of Flame-Resistant


Garments for Protection of Industrial Personnel Against Flash
Fire
OSHA 1910 Occupational Safety And Health Standards
OSHA 1910.95 Occupational noise exposure
OSHA 1915 Occupational Safety And Health Standards For Shipyard Employ-
ment
OSHA 1926 Safety And Health Regulations For Construction

4. General Requirements
4.1 The owner shall provide PPE to personnel without charge.
4.2 PPE shall meet or exceed American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
and/or OSHA requirements.
4.3 The owner shall do an assessment to select the appropriate PPE required
based on the hazards of the task to be done.
4.4 Supervisors shall ensure that personnel are trained in the use and care of
their PPE, according to the instructions of the manufacturer.
4.5 PPE that has exceeded its useable service life shall be replaced immediate-
ly.
4.6 PPE shall meet the applicable ANSI and/or OSHA requirements.

5. Head Protection
5.1 Hard hats shall consist of a shell, suspension cradle, and, possibly, a chin
strap.
5.2 Personnel, working in areas where there are falling or flying objects or have
electrical shock and burn hazards to the head, shall wear hard hats. Hard
hats shall meet ANSI Z89.1 requirements.
5.3 Hard hats shall be properly adjusted. There shall be a minimum 37 mm
clearance between the top of the suspension cradle and the hard hat shell.
5.4 Earmuffs and welder’s shields shall be compatible with the hard hat.
5.5 Holes shall not be drilled in hard hats nor shall they be painted.
5.6 Hard hats shall be destroyed if they have been damaged, painted, have
holes, have had a sharp impact, or have been subjected to extreme heat.
5.7 Personnel shall wear hard hats when on construction job sites in operating
plant areas, or whenever there are overhead hazards.
5.8 Metal hard hats are prohibited on all work sites.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 259


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-21 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
4 of 8
SAF-21
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)

6. Eye and Face Protection


6.1 Eyes and face shall be protected from flying particles, chemicals, or intense
light.
6.2 The selection, fitting, and use of eye and face protection devices shall be
based on the hazard and the visual needs of the user and meet ANSI Z87.1
requirements.
6.3 Prescription safety glasses with side shields, or proper safety over-glasses
that completely cover the prescription spectacles, shall be provided to per-
sonnel requiring them.
6.4 Selection of impact-resistant eye protection shall be based on the hazards,
with user comfort in mind (See Figure 2). The five (5) basic types of pro-
tection are:
a) Spectacles with side shields, either clear or dark.
b) Goggles with a flexible body that fits flush against the face.
c) Cushion-fitting goggles with rigid plastic frames and separate cushion-
fitting surfaces.
d) Chipping goggles having rigid plastic eyecups with lenses designed in
two (2) styles, one (1) to be worn alone and one (1) to fit over prescrip-
tion spectacles.
e) Chemical goggles.
6.5 Arc and gas tungsten arc (TIG) welders shall only use or wear approved
welder’s hoods with the proper lens shade. Torch welders, cutters, and bra-
ziers shall wear special shaded goggles. Table 1, below, provides a guide for
selecting the proper shade numbers of filter lenses or plates used in weld-
ing. Shades darker than those listed may be used to provide the required
level of eye protection.
6.6 Face shields shall protect the face and neck from flying particles, sprays of
hazardous liquids, splashes of molten metal, or other solutions.
6.7 Safety glasses and chemical goggles shall be worn under the face shield
when required.
6.8 Goggles shall be used with the face shield if liquids could splash onto the
face.

7. Hand Protection
7.1 Gloves shall be selected, based on materials or equipment being handled.
They shall be resistant to specific hazards such as, but not limited to hot sur-
faces, acid, caustic material, slipping, abrasion, fire, chemicals, sharp edges,
general wear and tear, and cold (See Figure 1).
7.2 Gloves shall not be used near moving machinery when they could present a
safety hazard.

260 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-21

page
5 of 8
SAF-21
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)

Heat Resistant Gloves


These gloves are made from materials that provide insulation to hot or cold objects. The purpose of this material is to give the
user enough time to perform his task or to stop handling the object before his hand is injured.

Rubber Molded Gloves Rubber Coated Gloves


These gloves are made from materials that Similar to the rubber molded glove in performance. These
are resistant to penetration by many chemicals. gloves also have an inner lining that improves wear ability.

(A & B) Leather Gloves


These gloves are used to protect the wearer from
abrasions. They also provide some resistance to
hot/cold surfaces, but minimal protection from most chemicals.

(C) Welding Gloves


Generally made from leather, these gloves provide the
user with protection from hot sparks/slag during
welding. They also provide some heat resistance.

Figure 1 – Glove Types


8. Foot Protection
8.1 Foot protection shall comply with ASTM F2412 and F2413.
8.2 Safety footwear shall be selected, based on the need for oil/abrasion/chem-
ical/impact resistance, heat protection, electrical insulation, and comfort,
e.g. sturdy work shoes with leather uppers and/or leather composition with
steel toecaps and soles and heels of the non-slip type are appropriate safety
footwear. Fashion-type safety-toe shoes with canvas, nylon, and/or other
soft composition uppers or soles shall not be used as safety footwear.
8.3 Jackhammer personnel shall wear safety shoes with metatarsal (toe/foot)
protectors.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 261


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-21 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
6 of 8
SAF-21
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)

9. Hearing Protection
9.1 The owner shall provide a hearing protection program for employees to pro-
tect them against the effects of noise exposure where the sound levels
exceed those shown in OSHA 1910.95 and ANSI A10.46, e.g. in work areas
where workers may be exposed to 85 decibels-A scale or greater.
9.2 Exposure to impulse or impact noise shall not exceed the requirements spec-
ified in ANSI A10.46.
9.3 Warning signs shall be posted on equipment or in areas where noise expo-
sures equal or exceed 85 decibels A-scale.
9.4 Reduce noise levels by using engineering controls first, such as insulation,
isolation, or baffles and other methods.
9.5 If engineering controls cannot be implemented, administrative controls shall
be used to restrict the duration of exposure of employees to high noise lev-
els, e.g. high noise areas that shall be posted with appropriate hearing pro-
tection warning signs and workers can be restricted from the area of high
noise.
9.6 When engineering and administrative controls are not practical, exposed
workers shall be provided with and use approved hearing protection devices
with an appropriate noise reduction rating (NRR) that will reduce the expo-
sure to an acceptable level.
9.6.1 Employees shall be trained by a competent person in the proper fitting and
usage of these devices.
9.6.2 Plain cotton is not an acceptable protective device.
9.6.3 Disposable earplugs shall be discarded at the end of each shift.
9.6.4 Replacement hearing protective devices shall be available for personnel and
visitors.

10. Body Protection (Flame-resistant Clothing)


10.1 Flame-resistant clothing (FRC) shall be used by industrial personnel
exposed to electrical flashover and flash fire hazards as required by NFPA
70E (electrical flashover) or NFPA 2113 (flammable material fire), depend-
ing on the hazard on the job.
10.2 The owner shall do a hazard assessment as described in NFPA 70E or NFPA
2113 and select the appropriate FRC for the hazard.
10.3 FRC shall meet the performance requirements of NFPA 2112.

262 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-21

page
7 of 8
SAF-21
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)

A. Typical safety glasses/side B. Safety glasses/side shields C. Face shields


shields (others)

D. Cutting/Grinding goggles E. Cutting/grinding goggles F. Cutting/Grinding goggles (soft)


(cup) (chip)

G. Typical safety goggles H. Safety goggles (others) I. Welding helmet

Figure 2 –Figure
Protective Goggles,
- 2 Protective Spectacles,
Goggles, Spectacles, Face Shields,
Face Shields, andand Helmets
Helmets

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 263


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-21 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
8 of 8
SAF-21
Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)

Welding Operation Comfort Shade Number


Shielded metal arc welding 1/16-, 3/32-,
10
1/8-, 5/32-in diameter electrodes

Gas tungsten arc welding and gasmetal arc


welding (nonferrous) 1/16-, 3/32-, 1/8-, 11
5/32-in diameter electrodes

Gas tungsten arc welding and gas metal arc


welding (ferrous) 1/16-, 3/32-, 1/8-, 5/32-in 12
diameter electrodes

Shielded metal arc welding 3/16-, 7/32-,


12
1/4-in diameter electrodes

Shielded metal arc welding 5/16-, 3/8-in


14
diameter electrodes

Atomic hydrogen welding 10-14

Carbon arc welding 14

Soldering 2

Torch brazing 3 or 4

Light oxygen and fuel gas, cutting up to 1 in 3 or 4

Medium oxygen and fuel gas, cutting 1 to 6 in 4 or 5

Heavy oxygen and fuel gas, cutting over 6 in 5 or 6

Gas welding (light), up to 1/8 in 4 or 5

Gas welding (medium), 1/8 in to 1/2 in 5 or 6

Gas welding (heavy), over 1/2 in 6 or 8

Air carbon arc cutting 12

Table
Table-11 Filter
– Filter
Lens Lens
Shade Shade Numbers
Numbers forAgainst
for Protection Protection Against
Radiant Radiant
Energy for Welding
Energy for Welding

264 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

Safety and Fire Protection Directives


For Industrial Facilities

SAF-22
Portable Electric and
Electronic Devices

All rights reserved to the High Commission of Industrial Security (HCIS). Copying or distribution
prohibited without written permission from HCIS.
SAF-22
Portable Electric and
Electronic Devices
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

SAF-22
Portable Electric and
Electronic Devices

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1 Administration 269
1.1 Scope 269

1.2 Application 269

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations 269

2 Definitions 269
3 References 270
4 General Requirements 270
4.1 Control of PED’s 270

4.2 Maintenance Requirements 271

4.3 Interference with Other Devices 271

RESTRICTED
All rights reserved to HCIS. Copying or distribution prohibited without written permission from HCIS.

268 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-22

page
1 of 3
SAF-22
Portable Electric and
Electronic Devices

1. Administration
1.1 Scope
This directive provides the minimum requirements for companies and
establishments that are subject to the supervision of the High Commission
for Industrial Security (HCIS), Ministry of Interior, for the use and restric-
tion of portable electrical and electronic devices which may be a potential
source of ignition for companies and establishments that are subject to the
supervision of the General Secretariat of the General Secretariat of the
HCIS, Ministry of Interior.

1.2 Application
This directive is applicable to all facilities, including new projects, the
expansion of existing facilities, and upgrades. For application to existing
facilities, the owner shall assess his facilities against the requirements of
these directives and coordinate with the General Secretariat of the HCIS to
comply with the security, safety, and fire protection requirements according
to these directives and add to or modify the existing facilities as required.
Where the General Secretariat of the HCIS has assessed deficiencies in
existing facilities during a survey, comparing the current state of the facili-
ties to the requirements of these directives, those identified deficiencies
shall be corrected by the owner.

1.3 Conflicts and Deviations


Where implementation of a requirement is unsuitable or impractical, where
other equivalent company or industry standards and codes are followed, or
where any conflict exists between this directive and other company stan-
dards and codes, the deviations shall be resolved by the General Secretariat
of the HCIS. Deviations lower than the requirements of this directive shall
be listed and submitted in a report of non-compliance, with justification and
rationale for not following the requirement, and approval shall be received
from the General Secretariat of the HCIS prior to implementation. The doc-
uments shall be retained by the company in its permanent engineering files.

2. Definitions
FM: FM Global (Factory Mutual), Website: http://www.fmglobal.com/
Hazardous (Classified) Location: An area or space as defined in the referenced
standards where there is a fire or explosion hazard due to the handling or process-
ing of flammable gases, liquid-produced vapors, combustible dusts, or ignitable
fibers or flyings.
HCIS: High Commission for Industrial Security, Ministry of Interior.
IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission, Website: http://www.iec.org/
Listed: Equipment, materials, or services that meet an appropriate designated

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 269


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
SAF-22 High Commission for Industrial Security

page
2 of 3
SAF-22
Portable Electric and
Electronic Devices

Standard or Code or that have been tested and found suitable for a specified pur-
pose. See SAF-12 for recognized organizations with listings of electrical and elec-
tronic equipment.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association, Website: http://www.nfpa.org/
Owner: Person, partnership, or company that has possession of a facility or estab-
lishment.
Personal Digital Assistant (PDA): A generic term for a class of small, easily car-
ried electronic devices used to store and retrieve information.
Portable Electrical/Electronic Device (PED): Any non-stationary electronic or
electrical apparatus or device. This definition includes, but is not limited, to elec-
tric torches (flashlights), PDA’s, mobile cellular phones, mobile radios, pagers,
email devices, audio/video recording and playback devices, portable navigation
devices, and portable computers.
Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
UL: Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Website: http://www.ul.com/

3. References
This directive adopts the latest edition of the references listed.
IEC 60364 Low Voltage Electrical Installations
IEC 60079 Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Atmospheres
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

4. General Requirements
4.1 Control of PED’s
4.1.1 Mobile radios, cellular telephones, pagers, personal digital assistants
(PDA’s), portable computers, flashlights (electric torches), and other
portable electric and electronic devices (PED’s) are a potential source of
ignition. Precautions shall be taken to restrict use of such devices where
there is a possibility that they will be used in hazardous (classified) loca-
tions as described in NFPA 70, IEC 60364 and IEC 60079.
4.1.2 The owner shall develop and implement policies and procedures that restrict
and control the use of portable electronic or electrical devices (PED’s) in
facilities that contain areas that are hazardous (classified) locations.
Employees, whether direct or contractor, shall be given the appropriate
information and training needed to understand their responsibilities in order
to comply with the policy.
4.1.3 PED’s intended for use in hazardous (classified) locations shall be designed
to assure that an explosion of flammable or combustible material surround-

270 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security SAF-22

page
3 of 3
SAF-22
Portable Electric and
Electronic Devices

ing the device does not occur. The device shall be listed by an internation-
ally recognized independent test lab for the hazard.
Commentary: For a PED to be approved for use in a hazardous (classified)
location, it is designed and tested by an independent test lab to assure that
an explosion of flammable or combustible material surrounding the device
does not occur (see SAF-12 and the references above for more information).
All listed devices are marked clearly with the class of hazard and type of
flammable or combustible material for which they are approved. See NFPA
70, Article 505 or IEC 60079 for more information.
4.1.4 PED’s that are not listed for use in hazardous (classified) locations shall be
controlled through work permit (SAF-13) and other procedures to prevent
use of unlisted devices in hazardous locations.
4.1.5 Signs shall be posted in hazardous (classified) locations where PED use is
restricted.

4.2 Maintenance Requirements


4.2.1 Listed PED’s shall have no breaks, damage, or cracks in the casing or other
components. If there is any damage or if any parts are missing, the PED is
no longer approved for use in hazardous (classified) locations.
4.2.2 Attachment plugs, receptacles, cover plates, and cord connectors shall be
maintained in good condition.
4.2.3 Cover plates shall be kept in place.
4.2.4 There shall be no loose, altered, or damaged blades, pins, or contacts in the
devices.
4.2.5 There shall be no exposed energized parts.

4.3 Interference with Other Devices


4.3.1 Where electronic interference from a PED will potentially cause loss of con-
trol or inadvertent shut-down of process or manufacturing equipment, those
locations shall be posted with warning signs and PED’s shall be either pro-
hibited from entering or turned off before entering that location.
4.3.2 In clinics and hospitals where interference with other electronic medical
devices is possible, those locations shall be posted with warning signs.
PED’s shall be restricted to designated areas where use will not cause med-
ical device malfunction.

Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities 271


Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Ministry of Interior
High Commission for Industrial Security

You might also like